Insidious Meme

Time Is Not Complicated It Is Complex – 05-14-2024

Time Is Not Complicated It Is Complex - 05-14-2024

Time Is Not Complicated It Is Complex - 05-14-2024

Episode Summary:

The document discusses the complexity of our current world, emphasizing the interconnectedness of various systems. It challenges the notion of simplicity as a guiding principle, arguing that complexity is inherent in the universe. The author critiques physicist Brian Keating's rationalist approach, linking it to the liberal education movement that emerged post-Kali Yuga. The text suggests that liberalism and new inventions stem from this period.

It further delves into the ontological model of the universe, which is described as inherently complex. The author contrasts this with the simpler grid model and criticizes the latter for not accounting for the full complexity of the universe. The discussion touches on the role of science in investigating ontological models and the limitations faced by those who adhere to simpler frameworks.

The narrative shifts to address contemporary issues, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, attributing it to an Elohim worship cult's depopulation agenda. This conspiracy theory implicates Jewish individuals in big pharma and government, predicting a backlash against them. The text anticipates severe social repercussions, including violence against rabbis and the Jewish community.

The document predicts that humanity will face a period of choices and challenges as we move into the age of Aquarius. It suggests that the Elohim worship cult's influence will lead to significant societal upheaval, including potential violence and the downfall of Judaism. The author foresees a future where the Elohim's long lifespans and psychological manipulation have lasting impacts on humanity.

The narrative includes discussions on racial intelligence disparities, advocating for racial mixing to reduce overall intelligence in the population. It predicts a mass die-off and social chaos as people grapple with these revelations. The text envisions a future where humanity must rebuild economically and scientifically, with universities and colleges becoming obsolete due to funding issues and backlash against "Wokonianism."

The author advises navigating these changes carefully, predicting a dangerous period ahead. The text concludes with a call for Jewish individuals to confront their religious conundrum and heal from Stockholm syndrome. It warns of a global backlash against Judaism and anticipates a year of contention from July, leading to significant social and political changes.

#complexity #universe #ontologicalmodel #COVID19 #conspiracy #Elohim #depopulation #Jewishbacklash #ageofAquarius #racialintelligence #societalupheaval #economicrebuilding #scientificrebuilding #Stockholmsyndrome #globalbacklash #yearofcontention #BrianKeating #liberalism #newinventions #simplicity #KaliYuga #liberalarts #rationalism #ontologicalcomplexity #gridmodel #Elohimworship #Jewishcommunity #violence #downfallofJudaism #racialmixing #massdieoff #socialchaos #Wokonianism #universitiesobsolete #fundingissues

Key Takeaways:
  • The universe's complexity challenges simplistic models like the grid model.
  • The ontological model emphasizes inherent complexity in the universe.
  • The COVID-19 pandemic is attributed to an Elohim worship cult's depopulation agenda.
  • The text predicts severe social repercussions for the Jewish community.
  • Humanity faces a period of challenges as it transitions into the age of Aquarius.
  • Societal upheaval and the downfall of Judaism are anticipated.
  • The narrative discusses racial intelligence disparities and social chaos.
  • Economic and scientific rebuilding is necessary.
  • The author calls for Jewish individuals to confront their religious conundrum.
  • A global backlash and a year of contention starting in July are predicted.
Predictions:
  • Severe social repercussions for the Jewish community.
  • Societal upheaval and the downfall of Judaism.
  • Mass die-off and social chaos.
  • Economic and scientific rebuilding.
  • A global backlash against Judaism.
  • A year of contention starting in July.
Key Players:
  • Brian Keating, Physicist
  • Alex Jones
  • Naomi Wolf
  • Rabbis (no specific names given)
  • Elohim (contextual reference)
  • Alta Report (contextual reference)
  • Naomi (contextual reference, possibly Naomi Wolf)
  • Pharisees (contextual reference)
  • Gonz (contextual reference)
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Time Is Not Complicated It Is Complex - 05-14-2024

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Hang on a second.

Stick around. Yeah, it's May 14. It's like ten something. No, leave that alone. Out here with the dog.

Taken some sun and wanted to discuss the complexity of where we're at.

We live in a world that is a system of systems. The systems themselves are quite complex. A lot of this complexity has always been there, and it's just been an issue of our view. We couldn't see it, right. We didn't understand we had a paradigm or a neurodigm, really, of simplicity being the order of the day.

Simplicity is inherent in the grit model of philosophy here, right, of the grit approach to universe that somehow, without life, without consciousness, existing, grit would exist even if there was no life or consciousness to see it. Okay. And this doesn't mean just humans. It means, like, any life, any consciousness. And so that's a.

That's a fallacy. We don't have that simplistic level of universe where grit just simply bumps into other grit and they stick together and become a more complex grit. It does not work that way. So we live in a complex universe, a complex materium. It's so complex, the material is inside a universe, and so on and so on.

Right? But the point being that you don't see the complexity unless you know that complexity exists. And to look for it and the model you choose can blind you to stuff. So what's his name? Brian Keating.

He's got a. He's a physicist. Came that close to winning a Nobel prize, which is like, yeah, that's fine, dude. You get some money from a dead dynamite producer anyway. But he's always saying, oh, no, you've got to start from, you know, the rationalist approach.

This came about as part of the liberal education stuff that was evolving in the 1690s as part of all of us coming out of Kali Yuga. So note that all of that shit started in 1699, and we were out of the Kali Yuga in 1698. All that stuff started in 1699. We were out of the Kali yuga, and liberalism, or liberal arts education, was born, right. And started coming up from there.

All different kinds of things that emerge, new inventions and so on. Anyway, so complexity exists inherently within the ontological model of universe. Hang on a second.

Okay, I'm out here struggling to see with against the sun if this thing is actually recording. Again, the second. Let's see here.

Okay, I think we're recording. Yeah. Okay. All right, so. So the grit model of physics is inherently the simple model, right?

Ontological is inherently complex ontological is so complex that many people can't wrap their heads around any aspect of it and can't see how you could use science to investigate an ontological model. It's that complex. So they don't. They prefer the grid only model. Like this Brian Keating fellow, he's podcaster in the physics realm.

He interviews some decent people, and he always comes right up to the edge of the space alien issue and then backs off because he's elohim worship cultist. Anyway, so our world is so complex that any aspect of it you examine, you can get into some serious complexity. We are right now struggling as humanity with our Elohim problem. This affects us in so many ways. So we have right now Alex Jones and Naomi Wolf attempting to shift the narrative, to try, basically, I think, to take the pressure off the Jews, right?

They're trying to shift the narrative on the COVID thing over to dis, or non corporeal disincarnate evil, right? So the devil, right? And then that's not going to wash, right? This was an instance of evil that has human hands all over it.

So we have to deal with that. We have to deal with the fact that even if you acknowledge except or a disincarnated evil, that disincarnated evil still needed human hands to do this terrible thing to humanity, it's not going to do it on its own. So human hands are involved. What's going to happen, though? What part of our complexity issue relative to religion and all this other shit is where we're going to be at in just a few short weeks, and in a few short weeks, we're going to have emerged into the developing consensus that the COVID thing was planned in synagogues, okay?

Which is going to cause some real issues. They're going to be people that will start compiling lists of all of the jewish people in big pharma. They'll compile lists of all of the jewish people that are in government that said things about COVID And it'll just come down basically to a vast quantity of jews that will have been named, have been discreetly isolated by the gathering of data relative to COVID. And it will show, as we, as we know, as the Wu people know, that this was a Elohim worship cult op, and as part of their depopulation thing, right? And that it's baked in the cake now, you know, if you're female and you took the shot, you're going to be infertile, right?

If you're male and you took the shot, you're going to be infertile. Any fertility that may struggle through and overcome the problems put in there by the Elohim worship cult shot will produce likely genetically inferior products, aka mutants and, you know, stillbirths and all kinds of deformities and this kind of thing. Right? What was that stuff? They had a bunch of births in the sixties of deformed kids as a result of chemicals that were given to women during pregnancy.

And that's thalidomide babies. There you go. And this could be much worse than that, actually, it'll be less worse than that because not so many people are going to survive this, to have fertility actually express itself in them after they've gotten the shot. So this could be hugely impacting on the social order.

Some of the old data sets back in the Alta report days are manifesting now. We're in the process of those things manifesting. This manifestation is showing up as the organization of the resurgence of reality, I guess you'd say, as we move into the age of Aquarius here. And the impact for humans, for all of us, guys, is that we're coming up to a period of choices, challenges and choices.

We have to deal with our own emotions after being assaulted by the Elohim worship cult. This is going to affect jews more than anyone else. Okay? We're all going to hate the Elohim worship cult. We're going to hate them fiercely for what they've done.

Rabbis will be. I don't know that they'll be shot on sight, but rabbis will be chased down the street, and they'll be beat by mobs. They'll be stripped. Many of them will be killed. Rabbis houses will be looted.

It's going to get that bad because rabbis will be isolated off into the Pharisees. As we come to this greater understanding of the complexity of what's been done to us by the Elohim worship cult. This does not require the Elohim to make a reappearance. It doesn't even require us to acknowledge what's going on on our moon. Right?

And I say our moon, just because it's attached to the earth. Temporarily, those will come out. We will see evidence of the activity on the moon being discussed, and we'll see evidence of the Elohim being discussed this summer. And they'll discuss the Elohim in a pretty factual way. You'll also have the bullshit artist Vatican and those people out there discussing it, too, and trying to obscure all of this stuff.

But everyone will start to recognize the Vatican is just an extension of the Elohim worship culture. And this is going to hit the big mega churches here in the United States very hard. It's going to hit the zionist christian community really hard. So there's going to be huge battles within the zionist christian community over the importance of our situation now relative to understanding the Elohim as corporeal beings and not some, another word for God. Okay?

And so in what they've done to us and how these beings created Judaism and so on, basically, it's going to come down to this over perhaps the next 50 years. I don't know how brief this will be, nor how violent. The more violent it is, the briefer it's going to be. But Judaism is going to have to die. We've got to deal with the Pharisees.

We've got to deal with. They're worshiping these space aliens and taking instructions and stuff from these space aliens. Here is our problem with the Elohim themselves. The Elohim themselves are mentally ill from their long lives. They're mentally ill from a sustained level of radiation within their force field bubbles.

It just keeps them in a steady hum. Right? This is not a natural way to exist. They used to, or their native natural biological lifespan may be as much as 3000 years, and they degrade, even in that 3000 years into a mental morass. In like the last third of their lives, they at some point came across the Gonz technology, these force fields, and within these forest fields, they can live perhaps 20 or 30,000 years.

But it does not eliminate the long live disease, it merely shunts it out further into their future. Right? The more time they spend out of the gans, the more time they are subjected to real time, so to speak. The more duration of real time they have, the less they live, as with all of us. And, you know, I mean, the less long their lifespan ahead of them is.

And in this case, that also brings forward these mental illnesses. These people are, these beings are addicts. They're terrible, violent guys. You just have to read the Bible to understand all of this. They want you to kill your kids, you know, cut their dicks off, all of this kind of stuff as sacrifices to their egos.

Anyway, so we're going to get into all of this stuff with the Elohim and the Elohim themselves because they are so long lived. They have a tendency, these guys are gamers, okay? They're addicted to gaming as well as all that are other addictions in their gaming. That just basically is how to manipulate organizations and structures. And so they love organizations and structures.

And so they've imposed organizations and structures onto tribal humanity. And thus we have civilization. And civilization itself is under attack at the moment because they're attempting to. The Elohim are attempting to drastically reduce the size of the herd, meaning all of humanity, such that they can have a tighter level of control with a reduced humanity that is less smart. They want people to be very, very dumb.

This is why they want racial inbreeding. Okay, it is factual that the average or the mean, the halfway mark on, on white people is 100 IQ points, right? Whether or not you believe the IQ tests or not, it's immaterial to this particular metric. So white people have 100 as the mean. Half or below that half or above it.

Black people, that's 72. Okay, so half of the of black people are below 72 in IQ and half are above. It gets even worse if you look at exceptionalism within IQ, because within whites, exceptionalism crosses the boundary at about 125 and we've got a significant 25%. One quarter of white people will be born with exceptional potential for cogitation in the sense that their IQ points will be over 125. Black people, only 5% are going to be born over 100 and only 1% are going to be born over 125.

So it's disproportionate. This is just the way that genetics work out. So this is in the favor of the Elohim to get as many white women bred by black men as they possibly can in order to lower the overall general intelligence in the population. People are going to hate on me for saying that, but that's just the way it is. This is reality.

If you can't face reality, basically go find one that you can face, or however, deal with it any way you may. Mostly those people that can't, in my opinion, those people that can't face reality won't make it through the rest of this year. We'll have a mass die off, we'll have all kinds of suicides, we'll have all kinds of deaths due to accidents that are really suicides in disguise, and so on and so on. As a result of the having to come to grips with all of this shit, as a result of us crossing into the age of Aquarius or in to this 326th year of the Duapar yuga, which is the Bronze Age, right? So we're getting smarter as we go along.

Anyway, we now have to face this reality and deal with it.

It's going to be rough on all of us. We'll come through. Humanity will get over it. Everything will be better as we go forward, but we're going to be entering into Sci-Fi world, so we're not going back. Okay?

Don't expect that we will return to anything that existed in your youth, because that shit that existed in your youth was a delusion that had been placed on your mind such that you would view reality a certain way. That delusion was engineered by the Elohim and put in the hands of the Elohim worship cult such that it could be distributed across the planet. That's the way they work. The Elohim worship cult, though, appears to have lost contact with the Elohim because they're making really dumb moves now, doing really stupid things. Okay?

And so as a result, errors are compounding on their side, and the Elohim worship cult is floundering. And we didn't all take the shot. There's more than enough of us left to go and take care of the Elohim worship cult. We're in the process of this. They'll be incarcerated or executed as is required, and it's going to be a very energetic twelve or 15 years getting into that aspect of this.

You needn't dwell on that aspect of this. It'll take a long time for all of that stuff to sort out at a socio political level, but you could go and involve yourself with the economic stuff that we have to rebuild, or the science stuff we have to rebuild, etcetera. You can figure universities and colleges are dead. There's a lot of reasons for this. We can go into them if anybody really gives a shit, but funding is going to destroy them, as is the backlash to Wokonianism.

So that being the case, you need to navigate this as best you can. It's going to be very dangerous. I have been saying for a long time, and no one's picked up on this, and the time is getting far too short for me to keep on saying, saying this. And I had thought that maybe Naomi would, with my interview with her, would allow us to get into this, and it would provide the opportunity for jewish people to understand that there is a way out of their conundrum. And it's staring them right in the face.

They don't want to see it. And the fact that they've been inculcated by their religion, their Stockholm syndrome, to not be able to see it, even when it's pointed out to them, is a real problem. So in other words, the Elohim are so sophisticated, they're so long lived. There's such good psychologists psychiatry is bullshit, but they're such good psychologists that they can put mental blocks in at a cultural level that will persist for thousands of years. Okay?

These. You. You've lived with one of these mental blocks, which was anti semitism, which is now falling away. All these mental blocks are falling away. As we get into the.

Further into these energies from galactic center, we're able to, quote, see more, right? Our vision is increasing. All of these various different allusions to the fact that we're getting more energies and our brains are operating at a higher degree of engagement. So all of this is occurring, and we're running into and discovering all of these things that the Elohim have put into humanity by way of the Elohim worship cult and the complexity of what they've done there. Truly staggering, because they've actually blinded the members of the cult to being able to see the cult that they're within.

And they will die rather than see that. And they will die rather than allow others to see that. The clues are all over. The clues are actually written in plain sight in the Talmud and many of the different books, and they're even written in the Zohar. Okay?

So they lay all this stuff out in the Zohar, and it's labeled as mysticism. It's a jewish mystic book that's claimed to have been written over the course of centuries by a lot of people, but it was written by this one really whacked out son of a bitch in a relatively short period of time, back in the 16 hundreds, as we're all coming out of the Kali yuga. Right? So, anyway, the complexity upon or complication upon complication upon complication is adding to the. The problems of the jew community getting their heads wrapped around the fact that they are indeed victims.

They're not victims from other humans, they're victims from their, quote, gods. And they need to really examine that. And in order to save themselves from what is coming from this giant global backlash, they must, in my opinion, they must heal themselves from the Stockholm syndrome that is Judaism. And they've got to really examine how Judaism, how their religion has been taken over by the Pharisees, by the rabbinical councils, who are all saint nests and are off on this other pathway. These are the blood lickers.

These are some severely demented minds, captured minds. Anyway, so it's going to be a fun year of contention. Right? So. So we're going to see how people react when they've got to contend with all of this internally and externally.

And it's there we're actually getting into a year of contention, but it's not like from January it's going to be from July. And so like from summer to summer, we're going to go through a twelve month period of time where the focus is going to be on contention and fighting potentially war. But contention is bigger than that. And during this period of time, the Elohim are going to come on out. That's going to shock the zionist Christians to really examining their relationship with Jews.

It's going to bust up the rabbinical mafia that controls Judaism because the zionist Christians are going to start looking at rabbis as pretty disgusting, foul non human beings.

And from there it's going to get worse. So, you know, so whatever kind of chaos we go into in the summer, you're going to be living through it for the next twelve months, probably even longer in many different places. But in the intensity for the next twelve months, it's the year of contention from that point on, right? July to July for all of us guys here in the USA. And remember when we started off this year, I said the goal was to survive through 25, right?

So 24 and 25 are going to be pretty harsh years for the planet and for humanity. After we get through 25, it will ease up considerably and things will take a more positive tone.

Anyway, guys, I got to get in, get some coffee and get some more work done.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Propagandists Shuffle Danz – 04-11-2024

Propagandists Shuffle Danz - 04-11-2024

Propagandists Shuffle Danz - 04-11-2024

Episode Summary:

The document provided is a verbose monologue that combines various conspiracy theories with predictions of societal upheaval and systemic collapse. The speaker delves into a future where the mainstream media, global elites, and various institutions are accused of manipulating societal events for sinister purposes. This narrative is deeply entrenched in suspicion and mistrust towards traditional power structures, including the media, government, and international organizations like the World Economic Forum (WEF).

The speaker discusses the concept of "hypernovelty," which they describe as a state where traditional media is challenged by unexpected global events that force them to defend the actions of the power elites against public scrutiny. This defense is portrayed as increasingly difficult due to widespread accusations from the public that these events are not just mismanaged crises but are intentionally orchestrated to consolidate power and control the population.

A significant portion of the narrative is dedicated to detailing an alleged global conspiracy led by elites to depopulate the world, which ties into long-standing conspiracy theories about global takeovers and the manipulation of public events, such as pandemics and social unrest. The speaker claims that these actions are part of a grand scheme to enact a "Great Reset," which will ultimately lead to the downfall of current societal structures and the rise of new, oppressive regimes that strip individuals of their freedoms.

The text is rife with references to cultural and political figures, and it uses derogatory terms to describe opponents, reflecting a deep-seated animosity towards those perceived to be in control. It also predicts a breakdown of trust in all forms of authority, leading to a chaotic restructuring of societal norms and power dynamics. The document anticipates that this will manifest in public confrontations, street justice, and a revolutionary wave that will sweep across nations, particularly the United States.

The speaker also touches on themes of personal preparedness, encouraging listeners to brace for the impending societal collapse by stockpiling supplies and preparing for a breakdown in the supply chain. This preparation is presented not just as practical advice but as a necessary step to survive the tumultuous times ahead, which the speaker claims will include widespread shortages and infrastructural breakdowns.

Throughout the document, there is a strong undercurrent of fatalism and inevitability concerning the predicted events. The speaker believes these outcomes are predetermined by the deceptive actions of the elites and the inevitable awakening of the masses to these deceptions. This belief system is portrayed as not only a future certainty but as a current reality that is already beginning to unfold.

In conclusion, the document encapsulates a radical worldview where global events are seen through the lens of conspiracy and manipulation by a cabal of elites. It expresses a profound distrust of established institutions and predicts a near-future filled with upheaval, resistance, and radical change. The narrative blends real-world issues with speculative and often paranoid interpretations, creating a foreboding tone that calls for vigilance and preparation against perceived threats to individual freedom and societal stability.

#conspiracy #media #elites #manipulation #globaltakeover #depopulation #socialunrest #propagandists #hypernovelty #mainstreammedia #truth #awakening #globalrevolution #streetjustice #legalactions #personalpreparedness #societalbreakdown #narrativecrumbling #trustissues #authority #criminalcharges #Hollywooddeception #historicalrevision #transparency #publicbacklash #resistance #revolution #preparation #survival #protests #lawlessness #justice #corruption #confrontation #exposure

Key Takeaways:
  • Significant societal upheavals are predicted due to elite manipulations.
  • Mainstream media is expected to defend these power elites against public accusations.
  • A global depopulation agenda is attributed to elite groups like the WEF.
  • Increased public confrontations and a breakdown in societal structures are anticipated.
  • There is an emphasis on personal preparedness for societal collapse.
Predictions:
  • Media will need to defend elites against accusations of deliberate societal harm.
  • Public backlash and street justice will increase against perceived injustices.
  • Societal narrative will crumble, leading to a questioning of historical truths.
  • Revolutionary movements and legal actions against mainstream narratives will rise.
Key Players:
  • WEF (World Economic Forum)
  • Elohim Worship Cult
  • NASA
  • George Soros
  • Fauci
  • Alex Jones
  • Bill Gates
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Propagandists Shuffle Danz - 04-11-2024

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Still April 11, Thursday. Heading back home after doing our shopping and driving on a bunch of sand and getting the necessary supplies for a few projects here. Yep, everything is here.

Okay. There may be a little barking as we go along. We're still around humans, and they deserve the abuse. They're just terrible, terrible critters. Anyway, so we're coming up to this period of time where we'll have a very interesting wrinkle appear in mainstream media, and the propagandists are going to find themselves in a world of oddity.

Okay? Hypernovelty is going to cause them a real problem, because within hypernovelty, we're going to have a situation here where the media is going to have to start defending the power elites against the charges from the population that they did all this shit deliberately. Okay? So that's going to be the, the problem for the media is that they will, though, at first, just like, you know, dismiss said, oh, you're a crazy, right? You're a conspiracy theorist, that kind of thing.

But there will be so many people, many of them with, you know, some level of stature, some level of, you know, major social pressure or presence. And these guys will be saying, no, no, no, these elites did it on purpose. It's not incompetency. It's a giant global takeover thing to kill off most of the humans. Now, all the Wu people, we know this, right?

We know what the WEF is trying to do. And, you know, the Elohim worship cult and all of that and their depopulation agenda and all this shit. We're aware of this, but the normies are not. And the propagandists, who are also aware of it and are participating, are going to have to start defending the power elites. Now, here's the real really interesting wrinkle.

The media themselves will be called out as part of the deliberate process of depopulation. You know, the takeover of the planet, the great reset, all of that horseshit, right? And our global revolution that's happening in pushback, the apocalypse, the great awakening, is going to mean that these guys are going to be called out. They're going to have to defend the power elite. And then because of all of that, also, they're going to be charged by people as being part of the problem and part of the plot, and they're going to have to defend themselves, and it's not going to go over very well.

And they're going to, I don't know that they'll ever see how stupid and participatory they actually look by trying to defend themselves against these charges, but it's going to be that blatant. So it's going to be really funny. All of the, like, all the late night fucktard shows and, you know, the commie news network and all of this kind of stuff, right? All of these guys are going to say, no, no, we weren't part of it. No one paid me to lie about COVID No one paid me to lie about Epstein island and all of this other stuff, which, you know, of course, is horseshit.

We know that they were indeed paid, that there was bakshish going on. Right? So it's going to be really interesting that way. We've got major narrative crumbling that's going to be happening over this summer, such that by the time we get to whatever the event is on the 15th and 16 July or thereabouts, and it might be a series of events, might be a whole lot. I don't know.

It's just massively building tension. It's like a building tension spike like I've never seen before. And so it's a very short period of time. So there's a. Something going on, at least linguistically.

And, you know, it doesn't necessarily mean that there's a manifestation in reality so much as it means that there's a shitload of language, of a building tension nature that's going to be popping up in any event, though. So by the time we get to this event, we will be deep into nerodigm crumbles. And the nerodigm is going to crumble just like a cookie. And it's going to be. It's good for me.

It's going to be really interesting to watch because I've been anticipating this since, you know, well, since 63, right when Kennedy was. When they had the fake Kennedy assassination. I'm with Jay Widener. That was a squib on the side of his head, and that is why people think that the driver turned around and shot him. Okay.

It's because the blowout from the right side of his head, from the squid squib, looked like he had been shot on the left side of his head, and it. And it blew out. But if you look at the autopsy report, the right side of his skull was still intact, so there was no shot from the left. That took out the right side of the skull anyway, though. So our nerodigm is going to be crumbling here, and this nerodigm is going to totally undo NASA and the military and all of these people relative to UFO's.

Okay, so. And, you know, the fake moon landings and all of that kind of shit. Right?

So we're gonna go back in history, in part of our global revolution over these next ten years or more. It's a 25 year process that we're in. Okay, I won't go into the math, but it's part of the yugas. And the overlap from one yuga to the next is the emotional reaction to the energies from space change as those energies from space change from galactic center. And so we're in a very particular 25 year period of time in which we will have a chaos, an absolute, massive, massive chaos, as hyper novelty takes over, authority dies, and we have to reconstitute, have to reshape all of our social order, including who we trust and where we place our trust for authority.

Right? And so we're going to. We're going to lose all of it. We're going to see the reduction of NASA and all these people to. They're already a laughing stock, but they'll be reduced to having to defend themselves against criminal charges and stuff.

Right.

It's going to get really interesting. I'm expecting that we will see people sue the movie studios for having trannies in their movies and not telling people. And they'll sue them under truth and advertising laws because they are attempting to be deceptive to. Just like the music industry, right? They are attempting to deceive you by telling you that this tailored dude is a female.

And so all of these male to female trannies will be coming on out, and they're going to have to go back to the 1930s. They will be sued for. Because they can establish a pattern going back to the 1930s of deliberate deception. Now, we know it was a jewish thing, right? We know that Hollywood was taken over by the Elohim worship cult and this jewish thing of all of the transgenders and eight genders and all of this kind of shit was intruded into our social order, and they snuck it in in a deceptive manner, and they'll be sued.

Some attorneys are going to make a fucking fortune off of this. But they're also going to become some of the most famous people on the planet. Planet as they proceed with this lawsuit that is gonna just really fuck over the normies heads. This thing is just like. It's pretty big.

I don't know how long it'll take for it to develop, but it's in the data sets. So there's that. We're gonna be having lots of confrontation. I expect that there will be let's say direct action, citizen direct action in regard to the lies coming out of government and the media, because we're just not taking it anymore. So it's kind of like we're coming into a period of time where we will have social justice, right, street justice, and then there will be law, and there's no political will to enforce law up to the point of justice within the communist takeover of our institutions.

This is a very maoist, long march through the institutions kind of thing that's going on. There's no political will to have justice come from prosecution. So, you know, Soros paid for this. George Soros paid for all these prosecutions. Prosecutors to get into positions where they don't prosecute in order to upend our social order.

This is a known plan anyway. So we're coming up to the point where the street justice is going to cause the propagandists to react, because the street justice is going to go to the point where there will be. The guilty will be executed on the street, and no one's going to say shit about it. And then they may try and prosecute those who are doing the execution and are participating in the street justice. But then there will be riots about that that will totally destroy, like, police stations and stuff, right?

So, you know, some kid's going to be raped by a african invader or muslim invader here in the US, likely in the northeast. This rape will be caught on security cams because it'll happen out in public, on the street kind of thing. And people will react. That criminal, that rapist, that pedophile, that human trafficker, kind of abuser person will end up dying as a result of his crime in the street, in street justice. And then later on, like maybe a couple of days later, the cops will use security cams at the direction of the commies that control the area.

And then the communist authority will go and try and arrest the people. They'll succeed in arresting at least one individual that was participatory in the street justice. And this is going to incite such a blowback on the authority figures that you will have mobs surround a police station in one of these cities. Maybe it'll be like Pittsburgh, something like that. It's in the northeast somewhere.

And the mobs are going to be like local Americans, right? Not invaders or any of that. The invaders are going to be really pissed that the guy got killed in the street, but there's going to be more than that because so there's going to be other invaders that attempt to aid the pedophile rapist, and they're going to get the shit kicked out of them, too. So it's going to be a real melee. And then a few days later, the authorities are going to come on in and try and make this into a big propaganda stink on behalf of their agenda.

And it's not going to work out the way they think, because after they arrest this guy, the neighborhood, so to speak, is just going to turn on the law enforcement people. They're going to surround the building. There will be, they'll be declaring riot. They'll probably have to try and bring in cops from outside. Those will be thwarted.

It's going to be like a pretty much a day long confrontation. And at the end of that day, the person that was arrested, he's out. And the police are in disarray. Their stuff is all destroyed. I mean, cop cars burned, the station burned down, all of that kind of shit.

And so that's one of the temporal markers we've got coming, and it marks a particular elevation in dynamic activity relative to the global revolution. And this will be coincident to some degree. So within the same month, maybe, as we start getting the populace accusing all of the. So we're accusing the elites of being pedophiles now, right? And some of the woo people were out there saying, falky knew he engineered it.

They've been planning it for 200 years. They got Fauci to work on it over 40 years ago, developing these bioweapons. And he was the highest paid civil servant, and he didn't serve any of us within our government. Yada, yada, yada. Right?

And so we're gonna get people saying that Fauci was, you know, he is a murderer, and he needs to be tried and executed. And then the populace or the mainstream media is gonna try and defend Fauci and all of his ilk, all these other fuckers, too, going to try and defend them from the. The mobs, from the attacks online. And in that process, they themselves will be attacked. You know, how can you defend this slime?

You're part of it. You were bribed, blah, blah, blah. So you're going to see a lot of resignations, lots and lots and lots of resignations out of the media, because these people are stupid. They're hired because they are stupid, malleable, and criminal themselves. But some of them, even though they're stupid, they will get the, you know, they'll get the wind up, right?

And they'll smell what's coming, and they will resign rather than be lynched in the street, because that's coming.

So it's going to be just a tremendous global revolution and a tremendous American Revolution 2.0.

We're in those days now, right? So you've got people like Bo palmy out there using the word biblical. And this biblical is like, it's a watered down, don't mean shit kind of stuff. He's talking Old Testament, Juby. Let's worship the Jews calendar.

Let's worship the Jews because they're lying and telling us that they were chosen by God and that they're superior and, you know, they have loxism, which means that they're above everybody else and they want to kill all the other people on the planet. And you stupid boys, you don't know they were, you know, we're telling you that as Jews that we were chosen by, by God, you know, the creator God. So you can't do shit about it anyway. So Pope pulling, he worships the Jews, but he's going to be just freaking out as the whole Old Testament Bible stuff comes undone in the, in all of this. I mean, we're going way back, right?

We're undoing all of the lies that have been propping up this entire structure for hundreds of years. And they can't prop it up anymore because of the Internet. They couldn't stop the Internet because we were making it on our own. We were doing BBS's, right? Individual, decentralized Internet created on our own.

And if they take the Internet down, there's people like myself that are prepared to do that. I know a lot of guys now that are getting landlines just in case, right? Because if you got a landline and the switches hold up, you can maintain a bbs and run your own little mini Internet. Modems are cheap these days, that kind of thing, right? Anyway, we're coming up into.

We're in very exciting times. We're in the revolution now, and it's really progressing. And I'm expecting this first shot at Fort Sumter kind of thing in these next 36 days now. And we'll see. You know, my timing can be off, but I don't think that the data sets itself.

The data itself will be off, nor my interpretation of it, because of the nature of the huge amount of building tension, language, and everything that's going on within the data sets matching our reality. So I do expect that a lot of this stuff is going to occur. In any event. I have some level of timing clues on it, too. But within these next 36 days, we should see a spark event.

We should see the lead up to the propagandists being confronted. And so I don't know how everybody videotapes everything, and somehow somebody always goes and finds the security tapes, or somebody who's in charge of the security tapes wants to make a few bucks online, so they go get the security tapes out of the store and, you know, and clip out a little bit to show you and put it on, like, rumble and bitchute and stuff. Right? So I don't know when it will come on out, but we will be seeing videos of the confrontation in the.

The physical pushback on the media, on the propagandists, and we'll start calling them that, you know, oh, you're a propagandist. You're not mainstream media. You're a propagandist. You're a paid shill for anti human interests. And we'll be seeing videos of this.

And the confrontations, from my viewpoint, are going to be just great to watch.

It's gonna be just so much fun. So, you know, and you got, you got Alex Jones suing over the whole faked up Sandy hook thing. And it's just tremendously marvelous that all this stuff is coming on out. And the thing is, because they're doing it in legal, it's gonna grind its long term language, right? It's just gonna keep grinding on the.

On the cummies as we go forward until it's resolved. And anyway, it's a great time to be alive, especially if you love to fight. It's going to be chaotic. I personally am doing everything I can in these 36 days here to get myself to reestablish all of the preparations I've made and bring them all up current, right? So that's why I went and bought new batteries for the truck.

That's why I'm going through and checking all of my preparations, going through my destroyed office and getting it rebuilt and checking all of my supplies. Anything that's, you know, even close to being out of date, I'm reordering it probably will not arrive at some point. There will be delivery stops. We'll be having. I've already got delivery delays, so I'm getting.

Getting stuff or messages saying, oh, sorry, we can't deliver that for the next, you know, there's been a delivery day, won't get there. These kind of things, so very unusual, didn't exist prior to this year, except maybe you'd get one in a year, not even that one in several years. Now, the breakdown is so systemic that I'm getting them on a weekly basis right now. I live way the fuck out anyway. So this is not necessarily unexpected, but it has certainly escalated.

And so I'm getting everything I can done during this period of time, because I think very shortly, June, certainly July, there will be a generalized breakdown in the supply system. And this is part of the.

They're trying another holimador. So the communists want to starve and kill 100 million Americans, right? And they want to starve and kill 100 million Americans. And they've started. Bill Gates has destroyed like half a million farms, this kind of thing.

So they're, so that part of that is baked in the cake. They've already destroyed the farms. They haven't planted. We won't get harvest out of those farms. And so you've got to start growing those foods.

You can, you won't ever be able to grow enough to be 100% self sufficient. But you need to start thinking about how you're going to get proteins, you know, how you're going to manage, because it's here and we're getting into it. So it's going to be really a. It's going to be a terrible time if you haven't prepared, if you have prepared, it's going to be rough, but it will, you will survive anyway. I expect it will be a lot quieter later this summer as we'll get into a period of time where there will be like a sort of a generalized breakdown in the structure of work.

So, you know, it may happen that we don't have 30 or 40 logging trucks go by my house in a day. Maybe the logging trucks will just cease for a while as the mills shut down and everybody hunkers down because of the fighting in this area or those kind of things, right. It's going to be very, very unusual. The conditions will not be duplicated everywhere. So your conditions may be quite unique relative to, you know, even 200 miles away.

It's just going to be that kind of a situation. Now remember, in May we're going to have chemtrail awareness month. And in May I will actually, on the 1 June I'm going to go through. So 1 may you can start sending me Kim trail pictures. You take, you put a chemtrail picture on Twitter, on X, and you tag me Cliff underbar high, and you tag me on your chemtrail picture.

And then at the end of the month, on the 1 June, I'm going to go through on all of those that had been presented to me over the course of that month and find out which one was the most liked and which one was the most retweeted. And I'll do the most retweeted video as well. So if you do a video of chemtrails, make it less than, like, two minutes, though, guys, we got a. People just won't watch it if it's much longer than that anyway, though. And I will give away 1oz of gold.

1oz gold eagle. For the most retweeted chemtrail picture and for the most liked chemtrail picture and for the most retweeted video. Now, this is not shares. I don't care about Facebook or any of that, right? So it's got to be on X.

And so I don't care about any other platform, but do whatever you can to win these. So get your friends to, you know, retweet and pass your. Share your material on X. You can promote it day after day after day after day after day through the whole month. I do not care.

Whatever it takes to get you up to there, to where your numbers are bigger than anybody else's in the likes or the retweets. That's what you want to do. And then at the. On June 1, may take me a couple of days, depending on how successful my little contest is here. But then I'll go through and find out who won, and then we'll announce it, and then I'll contact them, and we'll arrange to mail the prize to them.

Obviously, this is a way of raising awareness of chemtrails and bringing that up into the public discussion. And that's one of our deeper, terrible secrets, right? Chemtrails are massively terrible things. They've reduced testosterone in all species. Since 1969, testosterone levels have fallen in all species, more than half.

And since 1969, we've had reduction in sperm counts, more than half in all species measured. We're talking fish, frogs. It does not matter, right? So Alex Jones saying they're turning the frogs gay. They're trying to kill us all off by making us all non reproductive.

And so this is. This is one of those things I thought, aha. Here's a way to highlight that and bring it more to the attention of the normies, because we've got to get this shit stopped. You know, it's their weather modification. Anyway, so the more we stop that, the less lahaina kind of issues that we'll have, that sort of thing.

Anyway, guys, that's it for today. Take care. We're in it now.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Ep. 46 The Alex Jones Interview

Ep. 46 The Alex Jones Interview

Ep. 46 The Alex Jones Interview

Episode Summary:

In this interview, Tucker Carlson and Alex Jones discuss various controversial topics, starting with Alex Jones' characterization as the most censored man in America. Jones is portrayed as a figure who has been demonized by the ruling class and mainstream media for his unorthodox opinions. He is credited with making several accurate predictions about significant events, suggesting a spiritual sensitivity or deep understanding of global agendas.

The interview touches on the censorship of Jones, his influence on military and intelligence communities, and the backlash he has faced. Jones criticizes the policies and actions of big tech companies, the government, and various organizations, arguing that there is a concerted effort to suppress certain viewpoints and control the narrative.

Jones delves into various conspiracy theories, including those about global elites, the New World Order, and the depopulation agenda. He argues that these groups are orchestrating a systematic breakdown of society to establish a new world order characterized by draconian control and suppression of freedom.

The conversation also explores the political dynamics in the United States, focusing on race and identity politics. Jones criticizes the current political discourse, accusing the left of exacerbating racial tensions for political gain. He asserts that there is a global conspiracy involving the UN, World Economic Forum, and other entities to undermine national sovereignty and individual freedoms.

The interview covers the impact of global policies on the economy, society, and individual freedoms, with Jones warning of impending crises and societal collapse orchestrated by global elites. He emphasizes the need for resistance and awareness to counter these developments.

Throughout the interview, Jones presents a dystopian view of the future, where individual freedoms are eroded, and society is controlled by a small group of elites. His narrative is filled with controversial and unverified claims, reflecting his deep distrust of mainstream narratives and institutions.

#AlexJones #Censorship #Conspiracy #NewWorldOrder #GlobalElites #Depopulation #IdentityPolitics #UN #WorldEconomicForum #NationalSovereignty #Freedom #Dystopia #Resistance #Awareness #MainstreamMedia #BigTech #GovernmentControl #RacePolitics #SocietalCollapse #FuturesWarning #PoliticalDynamics #USA #IndividualFreedoms #EconomicImpact #SocietyControl #Elites #Distrust #Institutions #TuckerCarlson #Interview #Controversy #UnverifiedClaims #DistrustMainstream #AwarenessNeed

Key Takeaways:
  • Alex Jones is portrayed as the most censored individual in America, facing backlash for his unorthodox views.
  • Jones has made several accurate predictions, suggesting an in-depth understanding of global events.
  • He criticizes the efforts of tech companies and governments to suppress freedom of speech and manipulate narratives.
  • Jones delves into conspiracy theories, highlighting a global elite's agenda to control society and erode individual freedoms.
  • The interview covers the impact of global policies on society, economy, and individual liberties.
  • Jones emphasizes the need for resistance and awareness against the manipulative tactics of global elites and institutions.
Predictions:
  • Jones predicts societal collapse orchestrated by global elites as part of a New World Order agenda.
  • He foresees a future where individual freedoms are significantly restricted, and society is under tight control.
  • Jones warns of impending crises, including economic collapse and societal upheavals, as part of a global conspiracy.
  • He anticipates increased censorship and suppression of dissenting voices.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Ep. 46 The Alex Jones Interview

We're here with the world's most dangerous man, the most censored man in the english language. But honestly, when you get him in front of an outhouse in the woods, he doesn't seem so dangerous. So fancy outhouse. We have a ruling class in the United States defined by its hatreds. Not its loves, not its hopes, but by its hatreds.

They hate all kinds of people, large groups of people. The deplorables, the bitter clingers. America's entire blue collar population, the unfashionable people. They're hated by the people who run our country. But no one is hated more by them than a man called Alex Jones.

Alex Jones is the single most censored man in all american history. He was the first media figure in our history to be completely erased in one day. Deplatformed. Alex Jones was deplatformed before it was a common term. And not just deplatformed.

Sued, attacked. They attempted to criminally charge him. What did Alex Jones do wrong? Alex Jones didn't rape anybody. He didn't loot Macy's.

He didn't burn a police station. He didn't invent a fake cryptocurrency and loot pension funds. He didn't start a pointless war that made this country poorer and more disorganized. He didn't open the southern border. No.

Alex Jones had opinions that deeply ratled the people who run America. In fact, rattled a lot of us. And I'll just confess that I first heard of Alex Jones when he questioned the official story behind 911. And I, speaking for myself, was deeply offended by this. I didn't take any time to find out what he was saying, but I was bothered by the idea that this defining event in american history, which changed the life of everyone who lived here then, might not actually have unfolded as we were told it did.

And that possibility was too destabilizing. And I remember feeling resentment toward Alex Jones for saying that. But several years later, I went up in Austin, Texas, and through a chain of circumstances, wound up meeting Alex Jones. And I learned what everyone who has met him now knows, which is Alex Jones is not a crazy person. Alex Jones has said pretty far out things on tv from time to time.

Not that far out. He hasn't said men can become women or Ukraine is a democracy, but within the bounds of, say, cable news, pretty far out. But fundamentally, Alex Jones is right about a lot of things. And, in fact, that's why they don't like him. Alex Jones has an uncanny, really an amazing ability to predict events before they happen.

He has called it and he's done it on tape again and again to the point where it's a meme on the Internet. Alex Jones, Prophet, not conspiracy nut profit. But when you dig into Alex Jones's predictions, they are so spot on that it's remarkable. How does he do this? We're guessing there's a kind of spiritual sensitivity to Alex Jones.

Maybe that's his secret. He was displaying this years before the average person in this country even thought about matters like that. Now it's pretty obvious to most people that the current war going on in this country is taking place in ways you can't see it most of the time. But ten years ago, people were not thinking that way. Alex Jones was.

And so we thought it'd be interesting to sit down and talk to Alex Jones, the man. He joins us now in our studio. Alex Jones, thank you. Wow. Tucker, it's great to be here.

Amazing studios, amazing, I mean, and amazing people. And this is really going to be, I think, a historic interview. So thanks for having me. Well, I'm really grateful to be able to do it. And it's one of the great blessings of my life and of my job is that I've been able to meet people that I've had preconceptions about and sometimes find those preconceptions bolstered and in other cases demolished.

And you're definitely in the second category. So I want, for people who've made it this far, the people around the country have really succeeded in making you disreputable. And the whole point, of course, is people won't listen to you. So we thought it'd be interesting to start with a series of on tape predictions that you made, some of which are so precise and so prescient that it makes the hair on my arms stand up. And I'm being sincere.

And our viewers are about to see what I'm talking about. Here is a list of things that you called ahead of time. By the middle of September that the new policy is being written, you will all have to wear mask again, and so will airport employees. It's happening. Mask mandates are officially back.

We know the joint Chiefs of Staff wanted to blow up airliners. Baltimore sun. Or if you let some terrorist group drew it like the World Trade center, we know who to blame. And if there was an outside threat, like a bin Laden who was a known CIA asset in the 80s, this group and its leader person named Osama bin Laden, he's the boogeyman they need. We're looking at a giant war in February right now, I predict the Russians are going to roll in.

They're already there. They're going to roll in with attacks across Ukraine, which is the size of Texas. It really was the Iraqis. That's just because they're getting ready to invade Iraq. What a beautiful setup.

Those 911 clips are crazy. I'm actually bothered by the precision of them. I'm not accusing you of being behind 911, but how could you, in July of 2001, call that you said they're going to have airliners fly into the World Trade center and they're going to blame a guy called a sum of a lot. Now, leaving aside what actually happened, how could you have known that? Well, in the longer clips, it's a multi hour show from July 25, 2001.

I specifically walked through all the reasons and I knew that they were hyping up that we were about to be hit by Osama bin Laden. I knew that the World Trade center had been attacked the first time and that the Fed's been involved helping cook the bomb and allowing it to go forward. And I just saw a lot of the pre programming that was happening in the media. They were on the news saying, life's about to change in America. And I was reading what the Rand Corporation was saying and what the Pentagon was putting out.

And I read the PNAC document from a year before rebuilding America's defenses that Dick Cheney had helped write. And it said, we need a Pearl harbor event on the american homeland to be able to bring in this police state and this control and then expand the american empire worldwide. So hundreds of pieces of data, hundreds of pieces of data went into that prediction. But terrorists are going to hit the World Trade center in July of 2001. I lived in the United States then.

That was the last thing on my mind. And I lived in Washington. I know the guys who wrote the pnEAc document because I shared an office with them. So I was more informed than the average person. And that was the last thing that crossed my mind.

In the summer of 2001, like everyone else, I thought it was a Cessna. But how convinced were you that this was going to happen? I was completely convinced. In fact, in the full clip of it's online. You can find it on Twitter and other places.

It has been removed. I explained to people that they need to call the White House and tell the White House, we know if you allow these attacks that you're basically allowing it to happen. And it was similar to all the data we had. When I. You said that on your show, on my show.

And I gave the number out so people could actually call the White House. And then going back to October of last year, when the Russians went into Ukraine, I specifically said, I think they'll go in by the end of February. And there was a lot of data that went into that. And then they specifically did go in on February 24. And so I was able to make that prediction as well.

But there was a lot of data and information that went into it. Sure. For the record, I miscalled that completely. I didn't think they were going to do it. You were right, I was wrong, not for the first time.

But the 911 thing, I remember that really well. Nobody was thinking like that. So you called it in public, on tape, did the 911 commission. So if I'm the FBI and I'm investigating 911, you're like the first guy I would call, because you're the only person who said that out loud. Did they call you?

No, they didn't. But my most accurate prediction going back over a decade was when I read the Rockefeller foundation operation Lockstep, and they described using a virus to bring in world government, to bring in a world medical id that they would then build the social credit score off of, and that they would make people wear masks for fear, and that they would shut down sporting events and things like that and basically phase in this new tyranny. So I was also able to specifically make that prediction over and over and over again because I was going off their own battle plans. Are you the only person in media who actually reads these reports? I don't think a lot of people do read them, but I do read them.

I mean, I'm currently reading MIT reports from their top council's Pentagon reports. They have a working group called the Mad Scientist Group at the Pentagon that works with MIT. And if you go watch their hour long, two hour long, three hour long meetings they have on YouTube with all the top, I mean, we're talking hundreds of top scientists. They admit that they're building a post human world, that soon everyone's going to be mind controlled, that they're going to put smart dust in our foods that they can electromagnetically control, and they just lay it all out right there. And I've learned what these people said in the 50s they would do were done by the 70s, what they said their plan was in the 70s.

For the 90s, they got done. And then when they had their agenda 21 in Rio de Janeiro in 1992, the big un summit, they described everything they would do up until the year 2000. And they got almost all of that done. And now they've got agenda 2030, and we're going to ban your gas stoves. We're going to ban beef, we're going to ban single family dwellings.

We're going to ban private ownership of cars. We're going to do all this. And now you see them rolling it all out. So I'm not really making predictions. In these high level World Economic Forum and other large think tank groups, they are laying out the future and they're high priests of the World Economic forum.

That's a consortium of all these groups. You've all know Harari. You can read his quotes. The future is not human. The human era is over.

The public is useless. I mean, this is a very anti human system. So that's how I'm able to make predictions because they've given us a roadmap. They tell us where they want to take us. And so when the public wakes up, we push back on some of it, but they always come back.

And so I'm just following the trajectory of where they say they want to take us. And there were a lot of white papers, not just the PNAC document from 2000, a year before 911, where they describe, we really need big terror attacks, we really need Pearl harbor events to get Americans to give up their rights. I mean, take what just happened in Israel. Totally tragic. My heart goes out to all that.

But been killed or lost, loved ones or been injured, but there's no way that one of the best intelligence agencies in the world didn't know that was coming. The massive build up, the 5000 missiles, the paragliding attacks, all of that. There was clearly a stand down there. And now the west will take more of the people's rights. Israel will be able to crack down and take more of their people's rights, which is a big debate over there.

Hamas is being funded by Hezbollah, which is Iran. We just had biden a month ago give $6 billion to Iran, and now the mulas are bragging that they were behind the attack, Hezbollah funding Hamas. So really those aren't even predictions. It's clear that Hezbollah and Hamas have tens of thousands of men and women as sleeper cells that are, quote, other than mexican, that the border patrol list every month, tens of thousands coming across the Texas and Arizona and California sectors. And it's an easy equation to predict that there's a wide probability that Hezbollah and Hamas at some point are going to attack sports stadiums, they're going to attack colleges, they're going to attack synagogues, they're going to shoot up mass gatherings if they're given the order by Iran, if we go to war with Iran.

And then when this happens, our government won't get in trouble for dissolving the border and letting these people come in. Just like on 911, our government clearly had prior knowledge. There was clearly a major standdown that went on, and the government got more power, more control. And now they're not pointing the homeland security apparatus at the Russians like they did in the cold war or the Islamicists after 911. Now they admit that their main focus is christian conservatives and the bitter clingers and the people that live in rural America, white people.

I mean, it says that in the report are the main terror threat. And so this whole apparatus of the war on terror has now been turned inwardly against the people, not just here, but also in Europe, where if someone criticizes transgenderism in the UK, they come to their house and arrest them. If a journalist does that, they come to their house and arrest them. If somebody says, I think these surveillance cameras should start getting cut down, they come to their house and they arrest them for their free speech. And so this is a global movement by the megacorporations, by the blackrocks and the state streets and the vanguards that control 80 plus percent of world wealth to control our behavior.

And Larry Fink of Blackrock has said that today most repeatedly, we're going to use our control over all this finance and this global social credit score we're rolling out to control people's behavior. So that's really what this is. And then they use the threat of global warming, they use the threat of a virus, they use the threat of radical Islam to take our rights. But we really are the target. Even if I, by the way, none of that seems implausible at this point.

I mean, just you're a measure of how the world has changed. If you'd said this to me 15 years ago, I'd have been like, someone's a crackpot, and it's not me. And now, after Covid, nothing you said seems crazy at all. I mean, you may be right, you may be wrong, but it's not out of the realm of possibility, obviously. But even if I disagree with what you just said, I would think that's pretty interesting.

It's interesting perspective. Why do you think you've committed no crime? You'd be in jail if you had. Why do you think they hate you so much?

Because I do read their documents and I do read their books. And we were effectively getting a lot of people in the military and the intelligence agencies who were compartmentalized and who tuned into my show and saw my films and read my books and things, and they clicked with it and said, wow, I see all this going on around me. He's not lying about it. And then I would give them other pieces that I discovered or my other guests had discovered. And so it was giving them an operational awareness outside of their compartmentalization.

And so we had massive success in the military, in the police, and in the intelligence agencies, not just here, but around the world. Our penetration into those areas to help people expand their awareness that were inside the government, inside corporations, was triggering a lot of whistleblowers, was triggering a lot of people not going along with the program. And so really, my sin was decompartmentalization of the population when you got deplatformed. And to this day, no one has ever been more aggressively censored, I don't think, than you. I've apologized to this in person before.

I was in Labrador on a fishing trip and missed the entire thing. I was literally out of cell range. I didn't know what happened, but I got back and I read about it. I felt like it was a major moment in the history of the american media. I don't think anybody defended you when that happened, anybody with any kind of audience.

For me, when Tim Cook admitted that he met on the weekend in August of 2017 with the other big tech heads, and they made the decision to curate like it's a museum and take me off, it was hundreds of platforms. I mean, it wasn't just all the big ones. It was everything from LinkedIn to our bank accounts being taken away, to everything ensuing that week and over the next month. And I knew that I was a test case, and I wasn't taken off those platforms for any demonstrable reason. It was the questioning, the school shooting thing that came later.

They went and kind of dredged that up from my past. Just questioning it a few times, blew that up after I'd been deplatformed and said I was deplatformed for that. But if you check the record, I wasn't. Once they deplatformed me, it made the show in ways only get bigger, with people actually going to infowars.com and finding me on local radio stations and things. So then they panic and said, okay, let's look at his record and create more of a reason that he's being taken off.

So they took things out of context from five, six years before, blew them up as a current thing out of context. And deceptively reported on what I'd said to create a straw man argument to then facilitate the reason. What's so crazy is, if you asked just a cross section of Americans who's responsible for the Sandy Hook massacre of kids at the school, no one remembers the name of the murderer. Adam Lanza. Okay, thank you.

I didn't remember. Alex Jones. They effectively blamed you for a school shooting that you were not president at. I have people come up to me in the parking lot. You can ask my security guy.

He's been there when people walk up and go, why'd you kill those kids? And you go, I didn't kill those kids. And they go, yeah, you. So that is what this has turned into. But this is bigger than me.

I want people to understand something. That the moolahs in Iran and the ayatollah are congratulating Hamas that just killed around a thousand or more innocent Israelis, many of them women, children, disabled people, in a vicious, evil sneak attack. They are on there. Hezbollah and Hamas. Mainly Hamas, but it's Hezbollah funding it out of Iran, are literally posting videos of them cutting people's heads off and killing children and massacring innocent people.

They're allowed to have their Hezbollah accounts and their Hamas accounts. The ayatollah is able to congratulate what these people done. I am still banned, and I'm not mad at Elon Musk. I understand. I've been so demonized with the general public, he's barely able to keep Twitter going right now.

I really appreciate what he's done. I admire him. I think he's done a lot of great work, and I see him moving in the right direction. So a lot of people attack musk on Twitter. I trend all the time.

Hey, if you're such an absolutist on free speech, bring back Alex Jones. I understand that if he did that, the ADL and others would really be able to probably shut down Twitter. So I understand that he needs to go through a process before he does that. So people get mad at Twitter for not. Why the mean?

I'm not the world's expert on your career, but I know you. I've never heard you say a single anti semitic thing and an anti Israel thing. Why would the ADL be against you? I don't think anyone's even called you an anti semite. Well, unless I'm missing something, what goes on is the left forever called everybody a racist.

If you were just a conservative or pro second amendment or pro life or thought we ought to have a border and that didn't work anymore to call people racist. And so the ADL gets all this big liberal donations, and so they go out and then police and take people's sponsors and target them just by the ADL calling up sponsors. Sponsors get scared and drop. And so that's what they've done to Elon Musk. They took over 50% of Twitter's north american and european advertising in just the last year and bragged about it by saying he gives harbor to white supremacists, which he doesn't.

But at the same time, white supremacists are ridiculous. They're goofy. Most of them are usually working for foundations that are basically actors. We're not supposed to say that, but there's many cases of that actually being the case and that they're just larping that they're white supremacists. But let those clowns speak.

Whatever happened to the ACLU that used to support the KKK marching through a town or publishing their own newspaper? I don't support the KKK. I think they're a joke. But if you take their rights, you're taking everybody's. But they're not even taking the rights of those people to post because they create fear and they get the ADL more funding.

But if they can target an Alex Jones or an Elon Musk or a Tucker Carlson, then they're going after the real populist leaders that are bringing America together. And so what the left wants is to divide us all according to race and to come out and say, fundamentally with critical race theory, that inherently being white is bad, and teaching five year old white children they're inherently bad because they're white, that is wounding their brains and really creating racial division. Why do people put up with that? I don't understand why. If you had told me 20 years ago and I grew up in a world where judging people on the basis of their skin color was totally immoral, and I still believe that, but if you told me 20 years ago that we were going to live in a world where people get on tv and just be like, I hate white people, they're bad.

No, it's totally fine. Why do people put up with that? There should be zero tolerance for that. I don't get it. The Democratic Party founded the KKK, and when the majority were whites in the south, in some areas, they played the race card for political power.

Now that the majority in most areas are not white, they're playing the good old fashioned race card of tell know, stand down, let people take over your society, your culture, give up your culture. It's embarrassing to be white. And then now it's flat out bad to be white. And the left's trying to convert all these minority groups that are now majority in most areas into race based systems because that is a very effective. But why do people put up with that?

I mean, if they were doing that to Malaysians or Filipinos or Hondurans, I would say, you can't do that. You're not allowed to attack people on the basis of their race. I'm sorry. Not in a country like this. Because the country will fall apart and it's immoral.

I totally agree, but nobody says anything. I don't get it. The reason they've done it is most of the enforcers of this are white liberal women, 45 or older. Not fair. It's just a fact.

And they're cucked husbands. And so to them, can I say that the phrase cucked husbands is the best? It really is true. So if you get around these white liberals, they live in the whitest areas. They're totally scared of anybody with brown skin.

But they virtue signal constantly and then say, yes, the white people are bad, the white people are evil.

I've even seen white people sit up there and say, yeah, it's time to deal with these crackers. And they're a white person saying that from Jackson Hole or Nantucket or Aspen or Bethesda, the whitest places in America. So shouldn't there be a law? Super simple. If you've got a BLM sign in your yard, you should be required to live in Gary, Indiana.

Or like, you should not be anywhere near Jackson, Wyoming. You should be made to live in East St. Louis. I totally agree. You should be made to live in.

Yes, but of course, they've done the studies, they look at the statistics. It's not just here, it's in Europe and it's in the UK. Like in London. The liberal areas are like 99% white. Oh, I noticed.

Okay. And there's a lot of rich people in London that aren't white, but they're not even in that area. They are the most insular group. And then they point at white christian culture and society that actually outlawed slavery in most of the world was the vanguard of stopping it. And then they don't point at China, which is the most homogeneous racist group in the world.

It's an ethno state on chinese, period. Well, they teach, as you know, on their news that we are going to have chinese superiority. We are the chinese supremacist Xi Jinping admires Hitler. He is literally following a race based operation that is taking the world over, that owns the majority of Hollywood, that's paid off the Democratic Party. And if you look at all these anti white shows that you see funded in Hollywood, almost all of it has majority literal communist chinese government backing that is funding this.

So it's real simple. China looks in and sees this diverse culture, and they say, we're going to use that to split the country up and balkanize it. And that's what they've done. Communist China, along with the southern property Law center and the ADL and all these groups, see America's weakness. And they're literally coming in saying white people are inherently bad because the color of their skin, they inherently have cheated people, they've hurt people.

White people invented racism. None of that's true. It's really just tribalism. And then they organize all these other groups into race based groups to then unify them under the Democratic Party to attack who is left. That tends to be more conservative, and that is sub white people.

In this country, though, they're panicking because more and more blacks are voting Republican, more and more Hispanics are voting Republican. They're starting to figure this out. So now they're in panic mode to bring in totally disenfranchised third world populations who are refugees from the multi year lockdowns in Africa, Latin America, and Asia and the Middle east. They then bring them to un camps, brainwash them, then bring them to our border, brainwash them more, then send them into the United States, and then literally hold them for years at facilities while they're indoctrinated to be this new political underclass that's then going to be turned loose on America. And that's why you see Democrats giving illegal aliens the right to vote in their cities, giving them driver's license.

That's why you see them passing laws. They can be police officers. So they are importing a new enforcement class against the american people. And they're setting it up along racial lines, not us. They're making it racial, just like Hitler made what he did racial.

So it's the left and the think tanks and the communist Chinese that look at the US and have seen our weakness as race, and they are exacerbating it. So I don't understand. So you're from Texas. You grew up in Texas. Your family's been there a long time.

Texas is changing really fast. It's dirty, for one thing. I notice, because physically dirty garbage on the side of the road. I never have seen that in Texas before. So your governor could have stopped that.

He commands the Texas National Guard and he didn't. And I feel like that makes him a traitor to the country. But what am I missing? Well, I mean, Governor Abbot is on a scale of one to ten, the best kind of republican governor is a ten, and the worst is, say, a one. And like the Illinois, the so called Republican that's really a Democrat, I would put Greg Abbot as about a five.

The state is overwhelmed. There isn't really a state mechanism, it's federal, to kick people back and deport them. So they have put up barbed wire. They have tried to stop people. They have tried, but then they have to hand them over to the feds who release them.

But why don't you say the feds are committing a crime? They're committing a crime. This is not allowed under laws passed by the Congress. In a democracy, Congress passed laws. And so you've got criminals running the country.

The Biden administration is criminal, which is true. And we're not playing along. And if you don't like it, come do something about it. Meanwhile, every able bodied man with a black rifle assemble at the border and we're just going to stop this and save the country. I don't understand.

That's not hard. What am I missing? No, I think you're absolutely right. In fact, what the deep state fears would be a coalition of good governors, good attorney generals, giving them the findings and the rulings that they could indeed do that, and then declaring emergencies in the states and having a coalition of the states come in and do this and then instruct local police and everybody else to not have sanctuary cities. But the problem is, if you're in Texas, every single city, Houston, San Antonio, Austin, Dallas, Fort Worth, our Democrat party run.

And so Texas is almost purple because the California influx and all the other refugees from New York, many of them bring their leftist ideology with them even though they're fleeing it like locusts. They fly to the next field. And so that's really the issue is that the legislature is somewhat cucked, to use that word again. And I think the governor has been cucked. He certainly went along with lockdowns and mask more than really any other republican governor.

And so I do think Greg Abbot needs to do a better job. But I also wanted to list some of the things that the state is up against. But I'll say this. Austin fired a bunch of police and another third quit crime everywhere. Homeless everywhere, trash everywhere.

Ruined the city like everywhere else, they are you live there? Absolutely. That's where my family's from. I've been there since high school. But I'm going to have to leave soon because it's gotten more and more like Los Angeles every day.

It's very sad to see it. People fleeing LA, like my friend Joe Rogan, it seems great to him because he went from a really bad situation into a bad situation. But if you've been there, you can see the decline, you can see how fast it is and it's really sad. And there are just illegal aliens everywhere and refugees from the rest of the country all over the place. And you see, really the economic decline of most of the mom and pop businesses and things.

So the same rot we've seen all over the country. Awesome. Was supposedly this big mecca and it was going to be so great. And now, sadly, it's falling apart. I mean, Tucker, you know the answer to all this.

You do the best job of anybody with the true Americana populist breakdown. The ruling elites of the world, the black rocks the state streets. They're on record saying they don't want our consumer society, they don't want our capitalist society. It's bad, it's ugly, it's gross, but they're the biggest consumers compared to anybody else in the world. Their, quote, carbon footprints are thousands of times bigger than the average person.

Leonardo DiCaprio or Kloss Schwab literally have carbon footprints thousands of times bigger than the average poor working American that they're telling you can't have a car or air conditioning. Remember before Obama left office, he traveled to Latin America, to Africa, the Middle east, and what did he tell them in speeches? The clips are famous. You can't have a car, air conditioning. The earth will overheat and burn up.

While he's telling people that by the year 2017, like Al Gore said, we would have areas flooded on the coastal areas while he bought a big house in Martha's vineyard at 1ft above sea level. And of course, it's still there and it hasn't flooded. I mean, his chef died there. You drown, sadly. But no flooding inside the house, just the dead chef.

So they're waging war against civilization and society to make us poor, to put us under siege and to cut off our energy, make the cost of living impossible, to break our old system, to bring in something even worse. And that's the clower and pivot strategy that the democratic party has adopted. And they've done the same thing in Europe. This is a plan the central banks have unlimited money. But they can't buy all the infrastructure up because people aren't selling.

So they've got to crush us and make people so poor that everybody's forced to sell their business, their intellectual property, their physical property, but more importantly, to turn over our bodies to them. Where a UN treaty that Obadden right now, that's what I call Biden, as Obi Wan is trying to ratify, would literally put our bodies under the control of the United nations and our medical care policy under. It's the pandemic. Pandemic treaty. Yeah.

So what this is, is really a breaking of our will, a demoralization. That's what the transgenderism is. And two men can have a baby and puberty blockers and castrating little boys and cutting little girls breasts off. They've got such hellish stuff coming in, this designed global collapse to bring in their world government that they've got to just have all these horrors out there hoping we just throw up our hands and run off to the countryside, which everybody's doing. And in a way that's good, but at the same time, then they've got full control.

Totally, right. And they're going to march out of the countryside next and dig us. Mean, you look at the White House press secretary who can barely speak English, who's one of the stupidest people I've ever seen, and a transparent liar. You wouldn't hire her to run your copy machine. She's the White House for secretary.

Why would you do that? And it's not because of her race, her, who she sleeps with. I think the whole point is she's so obviously repulsive that it makes you feel bad about the country to see mean. I mean, that's it. We're at a beautiful ball, it's prom night, everybody's dressed great.

There's wonderful food, big, delicious punch bowl. And then they say, what can we do? Well, just have Brian Stelter go take a dump. Right in that. Yeah.

And then he's there laughing at you. They're all, they're laughing at you to make you feel small, to make you question reality. Why is everything so ugly? I mean, that's why they tell people, hey, you can be homeless anywhere. You can crap on the street, needles throw your garbage everywhere.

Drug dealers can sell you drugs. We're going to give the homeless all this government funding. Liberal groups come in and farm and milk each homeless person and skim a big cut of the money off the top. It's a crop, but then you a cash crop. But then we see that?

And we think it's all over. There's nothing we can do to demoralize us and make us give up. And even though I'm conscious of this, even though I know this, it's still at a dna level. I'm like, I got to go to the country. I got to get out of here.

I've got to separate myself from this. But then when they release this toxic, cultural, poisonous gas, they push us out of those areas and they get the main infrastructure to then organize that, cut off the food and supplies to that group they have, and then tell them, the reason you're doing bad is not blackrock and the WF and Bill Gates. It's all those evil people in the countryside. They're all white supremacist and terrorist and racist. Let's go get them.

Because the last group they don't control is rural people that are self sufficient. And so I get going to the countryside, protecting your children, that's the holy grail. The problem is you got to have 1ft in each. You got to go back and fight in the city for the infrastructure, for the government. You got to give people hope while also building a backup operation with farming and ranching and self sufficiency.

So that's why the WEF and the UN are coming in, in Ireland and in areas of Asia and in the Netherlands and saying, by 2030, 80% of your cows have got to be dead. And they just banned like 30% this year in the Netherlands. And it didn't matter. People were 80% against it in polls. It didn't matter.

They sent the military in against the peaceful farmers that were just protesting. Just like the peaceful truckers in Canada got brutally attacked. And so they're all WEF globalist alumni that the big banks on record bragged they've penetrated the cabinets, to quote Klaus Schwab. They put their operatives in to cut off our energy, demoralize us, release the hardened criminals, put the political activists in prison, continue to cut off the resources to make an angrier world. Kloswab says, we're going to make the world collapse.

We're going to have everybody turn against each other. We're going to blame the political classes that we own and control. And then when we're done, we'll bring in our new solution. But first they have to demolish the cultures and societies that we had before with the fentanyl, with the open borders, with the demoralization. And then they bring in their next phase, which is a high tech, cashless society, robot drone controlled nightmare.

More than half of the US in their official UN maps that they've had for more than 25 years. They're in. Some of my first films show half the US off limits to humans. All cars left to have gps, everybody by law left to have a cell phone at all times. Australia just did this last year, tried to push it through.

And that's the admitted global UN standardized plan where you don't leave your house without a cell phone. Every car is robot kill switch, gps controlled. California is moving to ban all the, quote, classic cars. That's any car that doesn't have a digital ignition. And they admit it's for control.

So if people think things are bad now, the straitjacket, the ball and chain is going on, it's all being militarily run. Our military is great men and women, but at the top, our military has been globalist trained new world order people for at least 30, 40 years. They've got almost every general, every person under their control. And that's why it came out in the UK and Europe and also here in Canada, you pulled the headlines. Defense department purposely scared public into lockdowns, masking and taking inoculations.

UK headline, British Ministry of Defense secretly brainwashed and terrorized public. Canada, same headline. They even let you know, oh, the military is here to do this. And now, oh, the CIA and Justice Department is there to help surveil the public, to stop disinformation. And it turned out, of course, almost all that disinformation was true always about everything.

So we have to understand, our governments have been seized. The big corporations want to get rid of the american idea. You got 50 acres in your house, and a business and a farm, and you could take care of your family and you're independent. They have to destroy all that because the rest of the world aspires to that. Instead, they want 15 minutes cities, central bank, digital currencies.

They want all of these systems that track and trace everything you do in the social credit scores. And the plan for the rest of the public, we're talking 99%, is 250 square foot coffin apartments, 5g bathing you in them, literally eating bug protein. And I told people ten years ago they're going to push bugs on the public because I read it in their white papers now it's already in grocery stores, all over the US, all over Europe. They're putting the cricket meal into the food. Very toxic, undisclosed.

It's got chitin in it. Yeah, they'll just give it a number. It's like, it's got like a code. And you ask again, why would you do that? Because it's all about breaking our will.

They don't want people to aspire to open free societies. Yeah, there's a lot of waste. There's decadence, there's issues, but there's freedom. They want to train us to live on carbon rationing, food rationing, a very dystopic world. You'll own nothing.

You'll have nothing and you'll be happy. These are quotes I have to say. I don't know how long into this we are, 30 minutes or something. I bet there are a lot of people watching who are thinking, holy smokes, I can't believe I'm agreeing with Alex Jones. I'm supposed to hate this guy.

Like, where's the lie in what you just said? I'm not sucking up. I'm sincere. Like I'm listening to this and even myself, I'm thinking, I can't believe I'm nodding along to Alex Jones and being like, you're absolutely, what? Where are you wrong?

Well, I just hope people realize that we're all under the gun. So many of these leftists believe that because they go along with us, they're going to be given powerful positions in this system. This is a technocracy. There's almost no managers in this. Almost nobody has power in this system except a very small group of technocrats who happen to be transhumanist.

And you said something really astute a few weeks ago in a speech you gave. And you've also talked on your show that all of this stems from their fear and denial of death. So one of the things I find so striking about you, having watched you on and off over the years, and this must be a burden for you personally, but your ability to see people at a deeper level or to see things in them that are not obvious to the rest of us. And I want to give a specific example. So there's a guy called Brian Stelter who had the media show on CNN.

I first met Brian Stelter when he was a high school student or a first year college student because he would hang around the show I worked on at the time at CNN. This was 20 years ago at least. And I always thought he was awkward and weird and probably had a super creepy personal life, but I never took him seriously. There's a pretty famous clip, and I want to play it right now, of you critiquing Brian Stelter. And you take him way more seriously than I ever did.

And I think you're right. Too. So this is pretty famous clip of you on Brian Stelter, hell on earth. He wants to run your life. He wants to control every aspect of your life because he knows he is a cowardly, degenerate sack of anti human trash.

I pledge before my heavenly father that I will resist them every way I can. These people are the literal demon spawn of the pit of hell. Look at him. And you know what? He is better than you if you keep letting him run your life.

He runs your kids. He runs the schools. He runs the banks. This guy, this spirit, this smiling, leering devil that thinks you can't see what he is, he is your enemy, period. All the narcissistic, devil worshipping filth.

I see you, enemy. I see you, enemy, enemy, enemy. You are my enemy. And I swear total resistance to you with everything I've got.

Disingenuous, fake, false, broke back, twisted, a defiler, a betrayer, a backstabber, a devil. You don't think I don't see you, Stelter? I see you. You understand me? I know what you think of me and my family.

I see you right back. You understand that? You understand that, Stelter?

I've only watched that several hundred times, and I laugh every time. But there's something to if Brian Stelter had absolute power, would you and your family survive? Of course not. You wouldn't. You'd be.

Of course not. And neither would mine. So there's a lot that's true about what you said. How did you perceive that? The rest of us just made fun of him now, once they started the censorship and the platforming, remember back then, they would deny it.

Oh, yeah, we're taking people off air, but it's not censorship now. They admit. No, it's censorship. We're doing this for your own good. So he was really the face of that.

And he was working for the head of CNN that was really in charge of it. Later came out. CNN currently is not in charge. They've handed it completely over to the Justice Department to quarterback, as Congress reported a few months ago with the documents. But at the time, Brian Stelter and his mini me, Oliver Darcy, his Popeye, were going around calling up and harassing my sponsors, taking sponsors away, and they were going around and organizing big tech to take not just myself but many other people offline.

And so he was destroying our free speech. He was taking our sponsors. But it's crazy. I just want to restate. You are not promoting race hatred.

You're against race hatred. You never have promoted that, ever. You're not promoting violence. You've never called for violence and you've never even called for breaking the law. And so that's why there's so much anger there because I remember the day I did that.

In a few other clips that went viral, I showed all the stuff he was doing, but then the media attacked me and just clicked it out of context. But still it reverberated with people because people were sick of the corporate legacy media. So people say, well, why is he so angry? Well, it's because he's literally trying to take us off air, literally taking our sponsors, the equivalent of the Vikings a thousand years ago in England, pulling up and burning a village down. And so there he is, all sweet and liberal and cackling and laughing, but he's really an agent of anti american totalitarianism.

And so he was the frontman of that. And I wanted to just simply say, I see you. I know what you're doing. So people see out of context and think, why are you being so mean to him? Well, I mean, he's literally trying to destroy my free speech, take me off air and put my family on the street.

So I'm pissed off at him. What's interesting is, I don't know if you want me to reveal this, but we had dinner in our barn last night and there were some drinks. And after dinner, you and my producer called Stelter on the phone. And what was so, and it was on speaker. So I listened to it.

What was so interesting know, you've been very clear in a very direct, pretty masculine way, I would say, about how you feel about Brian Stelter. There's not a lot of confusion about your views on stelter. After a clips like that, which doubtlessly seen because he googles himself compulsively, he was very kind of syrupy sweet with you. And that's why I was sarcastic and told him, I want to date him. You did?

Yeah. In fact, the exact line that you had was, Brian, I'm not usually gay, but I want you. And he seemed a little bit, I'm not saying he's open to it or whatever, but he wasn't shocked by it. He's like, give me your phone number, I'll talk to you. Yeah.

And then he hit your producer up. Please give me his number right now. Yeah, that was interesting, but I was being silly with him. But there was also a line, he goes, oh, Alex Jones, I said, I want you to come on my show. He said, oh, you still got a show?

And I went, no, you're the one that doesn't have a show. Sorry. I said, it's the other line. So boorish to recount conversations people weren't witnessing. It was funny, though.

But you said you're off tv now, but you were a real star. I mean, not on CNN, but on my show. So, good, anyway. But what was interesting was if someone had talked about you that way and then called you late night after a couple of drinks, you'd know, up yours, pal. You know what I mean?

Like, buz off, or I'm not taking your call, but he kind of sucked up to you. That's a very weird, passive aggressive posture. Well, I've said a lot of really mean things about him and attacked him. And when I watched the clips out of context, I feel guilty. But he was going around with Oliver Darcy.

They would brag on Twitter and literally hitting hundreds of my sponsors. And I say, hundreds? I'd have, like, 20. They'd take them all. I get 20 more.

Take them all. This went on for years. So you go get a sponsor. You get them. They're doing great.

He takes it away from you, and then he brags that him and I was taken off Twitter not for the Sandy hook stuff that came later, that they focused on. Look it up. They had the former head of Twitter and the lawyer on Joe Rogan about four years ago. And Joe said, why did you man Alex Jones, the lawyer goes, okay, let me open my clipboard. She goes, here's why.

He was mean to Oliver Darcy. So I'm at the Capitol. They're having censorship hearings. Sundar Pachai is there. I just confronted him in the hall who runs Google, and you guys are welcome to use that if you want.

And then that was at the senate. So now they were going over to a house meeting, and there's Oliver Darcy in the line. He gets to get in. I don't even get into a hearing where they then attacked me. They'd attacked me at the last hearing.

But I don't get to face my accuser, and so I get in his face. I don't threaten him, but I say, you are an evil man. You're un american. Coming after my free speech, harassing my sponsors, trying to get me off the Internet. And the last place I was on was Twitter.

They'd held out, and so Jack Dorsey had held out. And so Jack Dorsey admitted, well, the last straw was I bullied Oliver Darcy. And so that's why I was deplatformed. Elon musk thinks it was the Sandy hook thing. Do you know that in most cultures, bullying Oliver Darcy would be like a rite of.

Like, that would be a positive. Good, right? Well, here's the thing. He's literally on Twitter taking my sponsors, calling for me to be silenced. So he's been attacking me, attacking my speech and my living, and then all I do is shove a camera in his face while he's waiting to go into the hearing for five minutes and say, man, you are un american.

You got some evil eyes. And I said, you really look like a piece of slime. I mean, I told him that. Fair. The point is, he's a man.

He's a, quote, journalist in the arena. He goes around harassing people and stalking them financially and their free speech. He'd already bragged that he'd gotten me taken off all this other stuff and that he was instrumental, which he was. And then he can't take me saying, man, you're a jerk. Right?

This is the classic posture. Stop hitting me, he says, as he fires a gun through your windshield. Exactly. They can dish it out, but they can't take it. So what's the effect on you?

And I don't mean even the lawsuits against you. And there was an effort to criminally indict you, I guess, just for having bad opinions or whatever. A bunch of them, actually. A bunch of them. That.

Four grand juries I've had to respond to subpoenas. When you've committed no crime, you're like, one of the only people in media who's not ginning up race hatred. I would say, just to be totally clear, because it's very common to do that. You don't do that anyway. And then, of course, this billion dollar judgment against you for having naughty opinions, which is insane.

I'm not even talking about that. I just mean, what's it like to spend 25, 30 years connecting the dots and seeing this slow moving storm come toward the country that you were born in? What effect does that have on you? Since you use the analogy of a storm? It'd be like if I was 100 years ago, before they had radar.

And I've read about the famous flood 120 something years ago in Galveston that killed tens of thousands of people. We had a hurricane. Yeah, hurricane. They didn't have radar, and so they didn't know, but they're the fishermen out there catching shrimp or whatever. And then all of a sudden, here comes basically a tidal wave.

And if I was one of those fishermen and I knew my children and my wife were on shore at school or work or whatever, and here comes a 40, 50 foot wave I know is about to kill them. I would not be thinking about myself watching this giant wave come in. I'd go, oh, my God, my wife and kids are over there. And so it's not that I'm a hero. It's not even a selflessness.

I realized that I was just out in front and ahead of some people in understanding this because of family and research and just things in my life that I saw that encouraged me to get involved in the media because I was aware of the global. Some things that were going on, because my uncle was high level, I ran Contra, had some other family that worked in clandestine things. So I kind of grew up just around folks that knew what was really going on. And you're a kid, you don't really pay attention to it, but you kind of get that education even though you don't know you're getting it. And so I've just been out front, so I would liken it to.

In the old dAys, when a dAM would breaK and they Didn't have radIO to wARN People, and the DaM breaks, and It's 20 fOOT Wave coming down the Valley, and you are Down Below thE DAM As, LET'S say, a LumbERjack, and, you Know, youR Wife and cHIldREN Are 2 miLeS dowN, and you see The DAM bReaK and you're aboUt to DROwn. But I guarantee the last thought you're thinking is, it's going to get my women and children. My grief is, this is really draconian, this globalist great reset, New world order takeover is a post industrial world. Cut off the resources, 90% foresty population, breaking civilization by design, massive wars, famine. They've already cut off a third of the fertilizer in the last year worldwide.

It's estimated that'll kill a couple of hundred million people. The lockdowns worldwide, not the virus the UN admits, killed 80 Something MIlLioN extra people in the last ThRee and a HaLf years. When the first world collapses, the third world dies, and then what's left of them floods us. And so the earth is being put into a countdown collapse right now. And so I'm like the fisherman when the tidal wave comes in, and I'm like, oh, my God, my wife and children are about to die.

I'm not really worried about me because I'm a man. I did this. I knew it was coming. I've been proven right, and I'm not happy I was proven right. I wish we could have gotten ahead of this and stopped it.

Yeah, we have a lot of credibility now that people see that we were right. So maybe we can stop the next phase of it. But the globalists have gone from testing phase, beta test phase into full operational now. And they say, read their writings, we are going to have a post industrial world by 2030. We will have no personal cars by 2030.

You will be eating bugs by 2030, and we will start the depopulation of 90% of the people by 2045. That is the official wF, official UN official club of our own plan. What do you mean that depopulation? They want to bring the world population down to 500 million. But I thought we were opposed to genocide.

No or no? I guess we're not. Well, we're told now don't have children as bad as the earth. And we're told all this. And Elon Musk is right.

And as a hero for pointing out, all the actuaries show, if you don't have 2.1 children, a man and a woman, people go, well, a man and woman can have 2.1. It's in the aggregate, folks, out of billions. If a country doesn't have 2.1 at 2.2 replacement rate, then you don't have people to take care of the old folks. Society collapses. And so Japan's 1.3, Italy is 1.3.

They're done. As cultures, America without immigrant influx is about 1.6. That's not viable. And I'm not just talking about white people only here, but white people are 7% of the world population, maybe eight. And so I would be sad if the last of the Eskimos were dying.

I'm sad that the Japanese, within 100 years, there might be 20 million of them. But just to my previous question about, and without getting too personal, but I feel a little bit innervated and down. Just hearing your dot connecting here. What's the effect on you over 25 years, if you literally foresee 911 before it happens? And you did, and it can be proven, we just proved it.

What's that like to live with that weird ability? Well, I mean, I know specific clip. I specifically say, call the white house, tell them we know they're going to let al Qaeda attack us, bin Laden, and then take our rights. And I said, call the White House. I put the number out, so I put my money where my mouth was.

And that's the only time I ever said, call the White House and tell them stop a particular event. I'm now saying, we need to call the White House and say you've let tens of thousands of military age men from the Middle east in. We know a lot of them are Hezbollah and Hamas. The FBI's confirmed that. And so when and if there's big terror attacks, which I believe will probably happen in America, we're not going to have homeland security get more funds and more power and grope us at the airports more.

I want prison time for the agencies and groups that have allowed this. And I want obden. I want Biden impeached now. Okay? That's why we got rid of McCarthy.

It needs to happen. Leaving the border open when there is a clear and present danger of this going on. And when we're very close to war with Iran, we go to war with Iran. They're going to activate Hezbollah. Okay?

And they make Hamas look like choir. So you want to hear a prediction here? It's a probability, not a pure prediction. But if we go to war with Iran, guaranteed sleeper cells activate. It'll make what happened in Israel look tame in comparison.

I'm not lessening what happened there. And then again, where's the logic? The government that allows that to happen should go to prison. I agree. But instead, like 911, they're going to get more power when it happens.

Mark my words. You can't have guns because we let in foreign sleeper cells to kill you. Exactly. And you asked the question. This has really taken a toll on me.

Not the fake lawsuits, not the weaponization, not the deplatforming. I was already getting exhausted five, six years ago. And when I married my second wife, who's amazing. I have three children with my previous wife, and they're all great children and one with her. We were in Hawaii getting married like seven years ago.

And I said to her, I said, I want to just write books and make documentary films and maybe do an occasional podcast at that time. I've been on air like 2022 years, six days a week, 3 hours a day at least. And I said, I just don't want this burden, this big crew. I love the crew, but I don't want to do this anymore. I said, I want to move the country and I want to just.

It's taking a physical toll to every day. Look at this stuff. And now I've gotten the point, which even though I say, don't let them break your will, don't let them demoralize you, that's because I understand the process. It's happened to me. Used to I'd have hundreds of incredible stories and clips every day.

I couldn't wait to expose the bad guys. Now I look at it. Once I'm ready, I study it, and then half the time I get on air and I just go, let's just take calls or I start talking about some fun story. Just because I mentally cannot sit there and stare into the abyss and stare at Biden or their press secretary, that's meant to enrage us and demoralize us. And I think that's a defense mechanism that's healthy.

So I think we all have to be balanced. I'm not asking people to only fight tyranny. I'm asking people to get prepared, get ready, but wake up as many people as you can and then do whatever you have to to stay sane. Because we have record suicide. We have record depression.

We have record drug abuse. This country has been attacked. And if you read deeper into global's writings, they admit they're doing it. And so we have to be aware of it. If you're aware of an attack and aware of a manipulation, it doesn't give you full immunity from it.

No, it doesn't, but it gives you a buffer. Imagine people that don't know what's going on and they really believe things are dangerous, things are bad, not because of the corrupt corporations that are running things, but because those evil people in the countryside that want to be left alone. That's what they're saying on the news. It's the people in the middle of nowhere that want to be left alone. They're the bad guys.

And it's the five year old kid that's white. They're really bad. They're all inherently really bad. And this is a demonic assault, and it really is good versus evil. But the key point you raised earlier in previous shows that I mentioned that I didn't get into because there's so many topics, is this, when you said we need to brood on death, you talk about a sympotico or a synchronicity or a weird moment.

I don't usually watch the show when it first releases one day because I'm usually at work or doing stuff tonight. But I'll get up at like four or five in the morning hours before my wife and daughter get up, and I will start, get on the desktop, start doing research. And when I'm reading news and sending stuff to the crew for the show, I'll almost always go click on your show to watch it. And that's the go to thing I'll have on the background. And I said, well, I'm not going to click on the show.

I'm going to click on this speech you gave a few weeks ago, and you talked about brooding on death. And I'm sitting there that week literally thinking about the fact that we've got to be humble, we've got to be thankful, we've got to realize that there's an infinite universe and consciousness, and that focusing on what made humanity, focusing on the fact that we are spiritual beings, but that this life is finite. And these incredible experiences, all the people we've met and known and all the ancestors before us that did incredible things and went through hell and were tough as nails to get us here really ties us into our ancestors. And the epigenetic, instinctive knowledge that really makes us a colony or hybrid creature of all of our ancestors. We have a soul, we have a spirit, we have our genetic imprint that they've proven mathematically is multidimensional, even above the third dimension.

So we have a personal spirit, but really we also have a collective bodysuit that is a collection of all of our ancestors and just the beauty and the wonderment and the spectacularness of that dwelling on how incredible that is, but also leaning into eternity and leaning in to this body and this incarnation. And I'm not saying reincarnation, incarnation being so magical, and that also, that death is the great equalizer and that you will be humbled and you will get old and your teeth will fall out, and your hair will fall out, and you will get cancer or you will have a heart attack. And no matter how powerful you are, you're not in control in that it tunes you into God. And then what you said. So I'm heavily focused on this and telling my wife this, and I'm meeting with my dad, who's really my mom.

I don't see them as much as I should. My dad's really always told me this, and I didn't really get it when I was younger. Now I get it as I get older, and I'm sitting there just literally praying that morning and drinking coffee and just focusing on death and just focusing on life, because when you focus on death, it makes life so much bigger. And focusing on what? I'm not a Hindu and I'm not a Sikh, but the Sikhs are like a 500 year old version of 3000 year old Hinduism.

And they think everything's a manifestation of God in the universe around us. And then interfacing and how we take every moment of how magic it is, is what's going to resonate in the future, to bring us close to God, so that we basically resonate into the higher dimension with God. And that's really been my instinctive understanding of it. Spiritual understanding, the dream understanding of it. That didn't read in books.

And I'd read what the Sikhs are saying. I was reading some of their writings just a month ago, and it was about focusing on death. So you also understand life and being humble and being a servant and how that's what empowers you. So you're not an asshole like your dad would tell you. Focus on the fact that I'm an asshole and shouldn't be, because we all have the asshole side.

Yes, you have a better quote, but of your dad's quote, the root of all wisdom is knowing what an asshole you are. And it really is. My dad always says the root of all thing is being humble and appreciating things and not getting on a power trip. Basically what your dad's saying, because that's wise men. I'm sitting there totally focused for like, I'm going to call it meditation for like 30 minutes.

Just sitting there in the dark with the computer screen on. And I go, no, I'm not going to watch Tucker's show from yesterday. I'm going to watch this speech and I click it and I'm like, ten minutes in and you go, we got to say everything I'm saying. I didn't even said this on air. I'm hearing you say basically the same thing as it's universal truth.

Then I want to bring the next piece to it, which you talked about. You grew up in this super wealthy area, California, when you weren't spending your summers here in Maine and thinking forty s. I watch show all the time and read your material. That's beautiful. And you were talking about how they're totally freaked out and neurotic and crazy because no one talks about death.

Everybody. Shelves away. The old people, they basically put them out on an ice float or burn them like the Vikings. And that by doing that, that's what makes them not be connected to reason and God and the deeper things. And that's why they're so lost.

That's totally true. So let me now take you one step further in this. The globalists are so scared of death. They have all this money, all this power, all this control. So they're obsessed with finding life extension technology, merging with machines, becoming gods.

That's their new religion. That's the transhumanism, and that's where all their funding goes. But that's only one side of the coin. The other side is that if you're going to be God, you've got to be in charge of death. So because they fear death, and they project their hatred of themselves onto us.

Then if they can poison us, dumb us down, sterilize us, depopulate us, they believe that's more for them at a very greedy level. So they want to be deaf, the destroyer of worlds. To quote Oppenheimer, I've become death, destroyer of worlds, and at the same time cheat death. So it's a total subconscious obsession with death. Instead of consciously focusing on it, getting over it, instead they turn it loose to their animal lower alligator brain and are now manifesting all this because they've not embraced the higher level of understanding.

I agree with that completely, but it's doomed as a project. No, I mean, it is the Tower of Babel, whenever you see in history is the story of this. People drunk on their own power, overstating their control over things, becoming convinced they're God and then being destroyed, it is just an endless loop of that story. It's a law of humans. It's a law, exactly.

This isn't going to work. They're going to blow up the world before they do this. It's not possible. You just stole my thunder. Because we've not talked before this.

We've talked about a lot of stuff, but nothing about the show really. It's a law, just like gravity, just like two plus two equals four. It is the fabric of the universe. And I was about to say, in the past, megalomaniacs try to control everything. Order.

The firstborn killed, almost every kingdom would do that, whether it was Egypt or the druids. Oh, there's too many young men being born. Kill them. Depopulation has always been there. In the time of Plato, 2500 years ago, he thought the world was overpopulated.

So that's kind of where the eugenics comes from and where they get these ideas. The greatest philosopher ever who said a lot of great things, but also said, there's too many greeks, we need to kill most of them. They're animals, they're dumb. We need to control breeding and only makes Superman. That's where Hitler got all that.

That's where all this comes from. But the central issue here is in the past, civilizations would just fall apart when they got into a decadent know. Hard men make good times, good men make hard men make good times. Good times make soft men, soft men make bad times. Exactly.

And so instead of going through that cycle and the collapse of that corrupt system, now there's biological weapons, chemical weapons, nuclear weapons, all this other advanced stuff. Instead, they're going to try to use the robots and all the control and the nuclear weapons to make us finally get under their mark of the beast, finally get under their unified system of control, finally get under their social credit score, which was predicted by these incredibly connected people 2000 years ago, that this would be the ultimate tyranny that was coming almost psychically, seeing it into the future because of the great evil potential. Time's really a loop. It was looping back, or bouncing back real psychics seeing into the future what was going to happen in revelation as a potential, I believe, and is actually a warning that we don't have to follow that course. And that's my own personal belief.

So instead, whether you believe revelation or not, the evil globalists, the selfish globalists, are using it as a blueprint and literally building the mark of the Beast Casual Society, where you don't just, oh, I agree to take this mark, I can buy and sell now you have to worship the beast that can be seen by all on earth at the same time. It describes these big holograms you've got to watch and worship, and it tells you what to do, and it tells you how to live. And it says, men become women and women become men, and children are set upon their parents, and there's nothing but wickedness being invented. And it describes everything that's now happening and says when they roll this out, you've got to worship this world government, you've got to worship this system and do exactly what it says, or it doesn't let you buy and sell. Whether people believe in the Bible or not, believe in revelation or not, it is now manifesting.

I don't see a lie in that. I don't think I am a Christian, but I don't think you need to be one to arrive at exactly the same conclusion. So you live in Austin, Texas. You've been there since high school. Austin's changed a lot.

And as you noted, it's been really overwhelmed by people from the west coast fleeing the decayed societies that they built. You live among liberals now. What do you make of them? What are they like? I really feel sorry for them because compared to, say, my dad's dad, like you were telling me about your foreman or your manager, knows how to do electricity, knows how to build houses, knows how to fish hunt.

We just saw that big moose he got today. These guys are impressive and they can do everything. My grandfather could do everything. He could fix a combine with, literally rubber bands and tin cans cut up into pieces. And my dad's the same way.

I'm a shadow of them in their can do. And compared to liberals, I'm like light years ahead of them. They live in high rises, they get food delivered to them. They're not in reality, they don't have common sense. They go out the most dangerous areas that I wouldn't go into armed in places like New York, dangerous areas of Austin and get stabbed, raped, murdered, killed.

Then they defend the people. Their families do that, killed them. They just are like pod people. They are just these obsolete creatures that most of them have, I guess, jobs because they work for big tech or the system, but they are just completely disconnected, domesticated, very, very politically ignorant, culturally ignorant, historically ignorant people. And they think they're elitists.

They think they know a lot, they think they understand a lot. They're totally useless. What do they do for fun? Well, I was about to say, and they're the ones that want to depopulate. They're the ones that think that, like Bloomberg said, oh, what's a farmer do?

It's easy. You stick a seed in the ground, it grows. Farming is incredibly hard. You better know what you're doing and you got to have the weather on your side. And it's an all around the clock job.

I've had family that are farmers. My dad grew up as a farmer and a rancher. The summers they would send me to work on farms and ranches. Best education I ever got. It's rough, it's tough.

But is it really essential? Is food really essential? Well, we're told by John Kerry the last few months, he says we need to cut farming now. Organic farming. Is he still alive?

Is bad on earth. I think it's a corpse. He seems like a corpse. And a rubber face. An animatronic Chuck E.

Cheese. I thought he passed years ago, but somebody told me he's still alive. I guess it's an open question. He runs around giving speeches saying, we've got to cut farming or people are going to starve. I'm not joking.

I'm not joking. That's what I'm saying, cut down trees, cut the food off, cut the fertilizer off to save people. Speaking of starving, I mean, again, as I said at the outset, and I meant this, I've never seen a single person, I don't think there ever has been a person in the history of the United States who was not criminally charged but was punished to the extent that you have been. I mean, they've really tried to drive you into the grave. I think, to be fair, it's been worse for Trump.

But I'm the second. Yeah, that might be right. He has much bigger resources, though, to back him up. Oh, absolutely. The head of a political party.

I've spent everything. I'm completely out of money. I'm still hanging on. But, yeah, Trump still has resources. I don't.

They lied about my resources, too, said I had all this resources. Now it's been proven it wasn't, but it was more than a billion dollar judgment against you for saying something other people didn't like. Well, let's be clear. Misrepresenting what I said, I was defaulted by both judges in Texas and Connecticut, and the judge said I was guilty, then wouldn't let us put on a defense and had a jury decide the damages. Then they put on experts saying I was worth $400 million when I had a couple of million dollars last year in my account during the last trial.

Now I have nothing. I'm actually upside down right now.

They've decided, like, you're not allowed to make a living in this country. You've been not just deplatformed, but depersoned, debanked. How do you make a living? Well, I have been maxed out. Personally.

I'm in bankruptcy, but I've done a chapter eleven, some chapter five reorganization for free speech systems. That is the company that owns Infowars. And so that company is barely paying its bills and is operating, but we're barely hanging on. I personally never had that much stuff, contrary to what they said, so it really hasn't hurt me that much. I'm not really into fancy things or a bunch of ostentatious lifestyle, contrary to what they've said.

And so we're funding the operation. We're selling products. What are you selling? Well, we sell books, films, t shirts. We sell high quality supplements.

Then they call it snake oil, but we sell the same stuff, private labeled that whole food sells just high end, high quality stuff. It's not just a fundraiser. I've got the book the great Awakening, defeating the globalist and launching the next great renaissance. My last book that came out last year was a number one bestseller on the USA Today and Wall Street Journal. But did they list it on their list?

Well, the New York Times they did. New York Times refused to even put it on the list, even though it was number one. This is my new book. That isn't just the bad stuff they're doing with a huge breakdown with all the proof at the back. It is also solutions and how to counter them.

So this book will keep us on air. Plus it's a great book. I hope people get it@infowarstore.com. Or they can also get signed copies there, or they can go to Amazon.com. But yeah, this is a way to keep us on air.

Plus it really is an amazing book if people want to see a lot of the stuff I told you, but with footnotes, so you can go right to it. Everything I say, when I say naval Noah Harare says the future is not human and that the population is no longer needed and the future, there'll be no more humans. You can actually go to where he said it. When I said that Jeffrey Epstein was running a massage CIA mi six operation to blackmail top scientists to control them, we have links to that. When I say Peter Nygar that's on trial right now was having women have babies, his babies, so they could abort them at eight months, and then he could suck all their juices out and inject them into himself.

A real vampire that literally takes the juices of his children, puts them in his body. We have a transcript of him saying that on tv. Who is this? Peter Nygard is one of the big budies of Epstein and all them. He was kind of running his own Jeffrey Epstein operation.

Also in the mean. This book is super hardcore. It's got an amazing forward by Steve Bannon. And they had a great researcher who's also a lawyer. Kent Heckenlively went through and double checked everything I said for the book, obviously, so they wouldn't get sued.

So this thing is well researched, well documented. It is the great awakening, because the Great Awakening is the counter to the globalist great reset to destroy society and then build back better. But it seems asymmetrical at best. I mean, you have all the power on the global rate on one side, and then the majority that doesn't like it.

How do decent people prevail? They believe they can push it by deception. That's why if people are aware of why they're cutting off the fertilizer to collapse the third world, to then flood us with those giant populations they will then control and give voting rights to. And if you don't want to give them voting rights, then you're a racist. See, that's why the lockdown's biggest crime wasn't just the 80 plus million the UN estimates starved to death the last three and a half years, on top of the normal 15 million that starved to death each year.

You looked this up. They then use those giant masses of people that are fleeing total collapse as their new political underclass. So that's why it's so vital to not just challenge the great reset and the new world Order eugenics operation of the transhumanists. It's vital to then give an alternative plan and have an alternative debate about that plan. And that's what the great awakening gets into.

But if you give up in that, you also sell bourbon. Man, you are really being nice here today, Tucker. Well, you know why I hate selling products, but I like this product because I love the name. Look at this right here. This, my friends, is a gift to your crew because I know they drink.

I had some drinks with them last night when we called Brian Stelter. Some of the crew does drink. Yes, that's true. So this is for you. We got a few other bottles for you out there.

Suddenly I can't even open this thing. Sealed. Maybe it got locked on the airplane. Anyways, can somebody open this? I'm like, here.

Embarrassing. No, hold on. I think that the center thing. I don't travel with guns very often, so I don't know how to operate these. I'm going to smash this son of a bitch.

There we go. Son of a bitch. All right. Goddamn it. Look at that.

It doesn't come like this in stores. I'm going to kill the people that came up with this. Rough that into the studio. We're rolling.

Don't kill me. All right, we're rolling. I don't know if that plug should be. Oh, my God. I got a lot of points when you get to here.

Okay. That was amazing. This whiskey does not come with a hatchet to open it or a black light. But does it come with a black light? No, but if you have one.

But if you have a black light. By the way, I don't think I've ever sold a product on the air, but I'm proud. We appreciate you support. Come on. I'm totally all about it.

What does that say? I'm going to let you read that. It says, thus the tyrants, meaning death to tyrants. Yeah, I recognize that phrase. I think it was uttered in Ford's theater.

Thank you, brother. Well, enough of that. I didn't mean to turn it to. To the book is more important.

The last topic I want to hit with you, I could go on for hours.

We're trying to get the audience of this social media app to believe that you can have longer content because it know originally designed for very braind. But you've succeeded the biggest english speaking show ever. I mean, it's bigger than Jimmy Carson, bigger than Joe Rogan. Congratulations. Showing that freedom is successful.

Well, thank you. Well, we're grateful that it's, no, I'm grateful to you that we have free speech anyway. But here's my question. So all of the trends that you describe, I think very credibly, and I'm a little bit surprised, but not at all ashamed to say I agree with pretty much everything that you've said, amazingly. But I do.

And I think most reasonable people, if they just drop the kind of filter and stop lying to themselves and ask, like, where's the lie? And what are you saying? I think would come to the same conclusion, but all of those trends are being forced to kind of ahead or they're going to come to fruition or something's going to happen in the next 13 months because we have a presidential election on the books and you have this car crash, and I just do not see how it's resolved. Do you like what's going to happen? Again, it's the truth.

Really. The only show I watch every day is yours when you have a new show, because I don't just agree with you, I learn stuff every time. And what you've been saying the last few months is dead on. And a lot of people agree with you, and I know I do, that you look at the trajectory of this, how they're escalating on Trump. Whether you love him or hate him, he's now a populist icon.

He's now the underdog. The globalists are coming after him. They're coming after our right to vote for who we want. He gets 60%, which is the fundamental right in a democracy. The people rule, I can vote for whomever I want.

And if you don't like that person, that's immaterial. Absolutely. And he's been indicted for saying they're stealing elections. They're stealing it. Oh, I'm aware.

Absolutely. And their indictments of him is election theft. But, yes, but despite that, he's got 60% against all other republicans. He's 1520 points ahead of Biden. It's backfired, but the deep state is not going to stop.

So what you said to Trump several times in that 400 million views or whatever, you got, biggest show ever, you said to him, well, isn't the next thing them trying to kill you? And he's so confident. He doesn't want to think about that. He doesn't want to think about it. Whereas I admire someone that's that confident.

The deep state does kill people, and that's their only next move, because this is failing. And I think they're going to kill Biden, too, or I think they're going to try to. What you said in a speech again, before the last one I talked about like a month ago, you said, I don't see Biden and Trump being the candidates. You see the system, the media going after Biden, and he deserves it. But they were covering it up until now.

Now they're covering the laptop. Now they're covering attacking the dog. Now they're know all of his senility, all the corruption, the chinese spies hacking a dog, what a pig he is. I'm sorry. Well, I mean, I was told that secret service and by people that, let's just say, work with them, and I'm going to leave it at that.

And I actually have a contact for you. I'd like you to be able to hear it from them when this is over. I'll let you actually hear it from yourself. I think they'll tell you off record. I think they're willing to talk to you.

But, yeah, he is completely out of his mind. He wanders around for the entire two and a half years. But it's getting worse. Naked in the White House in the middle of the night, doesn't know who he is. They have to give him a bunch of drugs, a bunch of methetamines in the morning.

Then they've got to drug him at night. Sometimes he's got to, though. He'll be out for the morning for a while, and he comes back out at night for a ball. That's when there's a real problem. He is on drugs.

I have established that. And I know someone who witnessed it. I'm not guessing at this. I know someone personally who witnessed him taking amphetamines. And this was during the 2020 election.

So how's this going to. That's huge. I know. You don't play games. You've been proven.

No, I don't play games of this. I'll just say he's a makeup artist. You said the NSA spying on me, high level. And then a month later they went, yes, we're spying on Carlson. Yeah, I know.

So you don't make stuff up. And so what I'm saying here is Biden's a liability for him. Trump's a liability. What do they do? They have a right winger.

They'll claim assassinate Biden, and they'll have a left winger assassinate Trump. That then gets the country even in more of a fight against each other. And then they put in Gavin Newsom and somebody like Mike Pence or who knows? But I really think the next 13 months is the most critical time, not just in american history, but world history, because if they can bring down America, they're going to bring down the world. And then you've got the escalation.

Remember a year ago, Biden said, you can't give f. Abrams tanks and cruise missiles to the Ukrainians. That's world War three. Now they're doing it. So as Russia wins that war, as Colonel McGregor documented a few months ago with you, NATO is escalating.

Well, that leads right to nuclear war. So we're so close. That fundamentally makes me so mad. This transcends politics. Since when do Democrats love war?

Since when do Democrats love the intelligence agencies? They love them now. And so really, the democratic dark, just like the republican party, is a beachhead for sanity and populism. It's not perfect, but it's a beachhead. The Democratic Party is totally turned over to evil.

That's why I thought RFK Jr. Was so refreshing. But they're shutting him out of the primary process. They're blocking him. And so now he's going to run third party, which will take away from Trump.

Most experts agree. I know Trump's people have looked at. They think so, of course. So that's very, very sad, normally at this. So we're in October, I guess in the year before the election.

You can sort of see the outlines pretty clear. In October of 1999, I was pretty confident it was going to be George W. Bush versus Al Gore. I mean, you sort of know ahead of time. But do you think that we're going to see on election day 2024 a ballot with Biden and Trump on it?

I've been saying I think they may assassinate him or claim they had a heart attack, but I was thinking about each one individually. But I think when you said that a month ago, it was prescient that that's the next move. If I get in their mind and I'm evil, I'm Machiavelli, that is what they have to do. But the election just forces the point. I mean, I guess I actually don't think that their preference is overt violence or anything that people notice.

I mean, they much rather resort to stealth, right, covert rather than overt. But I just think there's an election on the books and something's going to happen. Well, that's what you're saying. All their tactics of COVID aren't working. So as we saw with JFK in 1963 in Dallas, they will go over.

We have governors declaring emergencies to take the guns, all of that. And then suddenly Democrats are against sanctuary cities when they're the ones saying, Governor Hochel and the mayor of New York, come here, come here. Now they're like, oh, we never said come here. I think it's dawning on Democrats. They've been betrayed.

And maybe there's some point where Democrats will have self preservation, the average voter, and say, no, we need to turn against this. This is totalitarian, this is dangerous, this is evil. But if that isn't the case. But here's the problem. Even if Democrats wake up, the system will know that from their internal polls.

The establishment will, and they're going to make a big move. And is that a full out war with Russia, a full out war with China? Is it them allowing the jihadi sleeper cells, they're in America, that have porn across our border that are waiting to let them activate? And I'm not saying our government controls them, but they've let other governments bring them in, and they've given funding to those governments. And now if we don't see strong signals against Iran, I don't want war with Iran.

What I'm saying is strong signals telling Iran, do not fund terror groups. And we don't see strong repudiation of Joe Biden that will greenlight the security services to go ahead and let this new attack happen. And a massive jihadi attack in America could be the way to bring in martial law and cancel the election. Also, Klaus Schwab loves a telegraph. So is the UN.

It is imminent. A cyber attack bringing down the power grid will make Covid look like absolutely nothing is basically his quote, I think I got it almost exactly. Will they cut the power before the election? I mean, the sky is the limit. The sky is the limit.

So people need to be vigilant and understand that we want to let the system know we're aware. We want to promote the values of free speech and of family and of self defense and of local control and of free market, rugged individualism and a competitive civilization and a colorblind society that Martin Luther King Jr. Talked about. We need to go back to the things that made us great, that threatened the CCP and threatened the globalists of the UN because they're selling tyranny and eating bugs and being locked down in your houses and forced injections and two men can have a baby. We're selling normal human biology and success and culture.

And so I just think we have to give the alternate plan to their dystopia. We have to challenge their dystopia, but also give the alternate plan, which enough people aren't doing. But that's Trump's big sin, is his optimism. America's great, everybody's beautiful. We have such potential.

And as soon as the world heard America was open for business, we saw trillions flood instantly in because our leaders had said, america's not open for business. Invest in China and India and Mexico, where the globalists have middleman deals to get all the money and all the power instead of the people getting it. It was Henry Ford wasn't the perfect guy, but he said the other auto manufacturers, this came out in federal documents in the later antitrust suits, because he didn't get in trouble. They did. They said to him, the other auto manufacturers, they said, why are you going to pay your employees three times what we do?

And he said, because I don't want just rich people buying my cars. I want my employees to prime the market to buy it. They'll give me all the money back buying the Model T, and then that'll supercharge it. So that's the two different systems. Build this illustrious, incredibly exciting, roaring civilization of laissez faire, or let these big guys already made all the money, centralize control, shut us all down and vertically integrate so they're in control and then kill competition.

So we have to kill the globalist program. That's anti free market, anti capitalist, it's monopolistic, it's anti human. It's a bunch of degenerate, inbred, 3rd, 4th generation elites who didn't make all this money, who didn't create all this stuff, but that have decided we don't even get to take part in it while they take part in it and live like kings. So it's us or them, Tucker, and we've got to crush the globalists, we've got to crush the new world order. We've got to challenge them, or they're going to destroy the planet.

I believe that. Last question. Where will you be in five years? Are you going to stay in this country? Can you stay in this country?

I mean, speaking of escalation again, I still have never figured out what your crime is, but you have been persecuted for something in an escalating way. I got two subpoenas last week. Subpoenas. I got subpoenas on January 6, again on a criminal investigation. We didn't do anything on January 6.

And I got subpoenaed in Trump's criminal trial in Georgia. On what? And then my lawyer called and said, what is this. And they said, well, we don't just want him as a witness. He's a subject.

I had nothing to do with. Georgia, I'm not saying it's bad. They went and challenged it. That's their right. I mean, I went and protested there.

So it's just pure intimidation. So I have a problem. It's that I don't like to cut and run. I'm not the toughest guy around. But growing up, Dallas was pretty rough people.

Some big guy started to fight with me. I just couldn't back off. And I almost always won those fights or went to the hospital trying. And so I've decided to go down with the ship.

I'm not going to leave the country. I'm not going to back down, and I'm going to continue to fight with everything I've got. I'll never sell out. I'll never give in. I could give out.

That's why support's critical and word of mouth, because Alex Jones is seen as a focal point, like capture the flag by the globalists. If they can shut me down, they believe they can shut anybody down. They've said that. And so it's human intelligence and human action and word of mouth. Talking about infowars.com, my show, what I do is a test case, almost like Stalingrad in World War II, where all these forces of the globalists keep thinking, we beat this guy at this city, at this point, at this battle, we win.

And so I don't think I'm even that important. I've just been chosen as this main battle point. So all these grassroots people and people like you and other great folks are supporting me through just supporting the first amendment. And so I've got that backing, and that enrages the globalists. So the more they throw against me, the more support I get.

And it's really become a historic battle. If I'm completely banned and debanked and shut down and can't operate, only then would I try to evacuate somewhere to try to keep my show on the air. But I've looked at it, and I don't even think that that's the case. Once they disrupt and shut down something, it's very hard to restart it. The good news is there are so many other great talk show hosts, so many other great people that now understand this and even have perspectives better than mine, that I'm not obsolete yet.

But thanks to you, and thanks to Russell Brandon, they're trying to now set up. And Joe Rogan's come a long way. And Steve Bannon and countless other shows that I tune into that have high level understanding and teach me a lot. And my head's in the game. So you're our champion, Tucker.

And there are other, I know you don't want to be the top dog, but you are. That's why you're attacked. Thanks to you, I know no matter what happens to me, men and women are going to continue the fight forward into the future. But this is an Alamo situation. I'm not evacuating.

I'm not leaving. I'm not going. How'd they do with the Alamo? Do you remember? Everybody got killed, okay?

But that example led to a big my mom's family raised Colonel Travis's son. And on my dad's side, too, they were heavily involved. First Texas families. We have like mexican land grants for our property. We still have mexican land.

We paid for twelve cents an acre, like 1825 in east Texas. So it's not as cool as your place, but it's pretty cool. And the last letter he wrote on that piece of wallpaper was to one of my great great great grandfathers in Gonzalez, Texas, saying, please take care of my little boy. But Travis knew he was going to die. But he's like, I got 10,000 troops coming in on our 200 and something.

We're going to give them one hell of a fight and kill a bunch of them before they can get up north for the main battle. And they killed thousands, 3000 with this estimated go from memory, mexican troops. And so that'd be an honor to have like 10,000 troops coming at me. And I'm in the Alamo. I don't have a death wish, but man, it gets me eyes of kite.

I'm not doing what Colonel Travis did. Only reason they got beat is they ran out of ammo. Basically. They had powder but no more ball. And they were fighting swords at the end.

So those are tough men and I don't even measure up to them, but I want to try to measure up. And so it's very exciting, it's instinctive, it's spiritual to be defending humanity and prosperity and freedom and justice. It's these globalist child trafficking monsters, the open border, all this evil. I mean, so my cells tell me to do this, my guts, my sinew say, you're ordered to do this. And I don't feel good unless I do it.

And so the bigger the attacks get, it's the old World War II saying when the planes were over the target, they didn't really have radar, but they knew the bases and the factories had flak, so they're shooting at them with artillery, antiaircraft artillery. So you flew into that. And so me, the best place I want to be is in the flak. But I also hate the flak because we could blow up and we're not in the fight anymore. So there's that paradox.

But 90% of me wants to be in the flak. 10% says maybe you should steer a little around it because you don't want to get knocked out. And until just a few years ago, I felt really bad because it didn't seem the paradigm had been shattered and people didn't actually read the globalist documents. Now there's been a paradigm shattering and I'm almost obsolete, Tucker. And as soon as that happens, as soon as I see another couple hundred more prominent people that actually know what's going on, we've already reached chain reaction point.

I'm going to hang it up and disappear like Obi Wan Kenobi. Alex Jones, thank you. Thank you. What a great conversation. Thank you, brother.

Really appreciate your courage. Tucker. Thank you. Love your crew. Great energy.

Thank you. Americano, baby. Alex Jones Johnson Kennedy's motorcade 239ft of Jeffrey Epstein.

Anyway.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Happy Trails – 10-04-2023: 🌬️ Decades of Silent Sky Changes

Happy Trails - 10-04-2023: 🌬️ Decades of Silent Sky Changes

Happy Trails - 10-04-2023: 🌬️ Decades of Silent Sky Changes

Episode Summary:

The PDF document is a narrative discussing chemtrails, personal experiences, and observations. The speaker reflects on environmental changes, focusing on chemtrails, sharing anecdotes from their life. They mention observing chemtrails since the 1960s, expressing concern and curiosity about their purpose and impact. The speaker also talks about experiences with others, work, and daily life, integrating these into their discussion about chemtrails and the environment.

The narrative begins with the speaker describing a day in their life, noting a significant temperature difference from previous days, which they attribute to chemtrails. They believe chemtrails hold heat close to the planet and are emblematic of broader environmental issues. The speaker recalls their experiences from the 1990s, including a cycling incident and interactions with individuals at Evergreen State College. They also mention working on a web bot program during this period.

The speaker shares an anecdote about being threatened by two individuals while walking their dogs and how they responded to the threat. They also discuss their observations and thoughts on chemtrails, suggesting that many people, referred to as "normies," do not notice or acknowledge them. The speaker recounts a conversation with a man about chemtrails and how they affect people's health.

The narrative continues with the speaker detailing their observations of chemtrails since the 1960s. They mention finding evidence of chemtrails in films and literature from that era, but without clear explanations for their purpose. The speaker notes that chemtrails contain various chemicals, including aluminum, barium, strontium, and caesium. They express frustration about the lack of information and acknowledgment regarding chemtrails and their impact on the environment and people's health.

The speaker recalls working for fisheries in the late 1980s and early 1990s, during which they observed chemtrails in the Cascades and Olympics. They mention being confused by the sight of planes laying down grids of chemtrails, not understanding their purpose at the time. The speaker reflects on their journey of acknowledging and trying to understand chemtrails, noting the challenges of communicating their observations and concerns to others who may not see or believe in chemtrails.

The narrative concludes with the speaker pondering the potential reasons behind chemtrails, suggesting they may be part of a depopulation agenda due to observed reductions in sperm counts and testosterone levels in males across various species in the Northern Hemisphere.

#Chemtrails #Environment #Impact #Concern #Observation #Anecdotes #1960s #Temperature #Health #EvergreenState #College #WebBot #Threat #Normies #Aluminum #Barium #Strontium #Caesium #Fisheries #Cascades #Olympics #Planes #Grids #Depopulation #SpermCount #Testosterone #Males #Species #NorthernHemisphere #Frustration #Communication #Challenge #Journey #Acknowledgment #Understanding

Key Takeaways:
  • The speaker has been observing chemtrails since the 1960s, noting their presence and changes over time.
  • Chemtrails are believed to contain various chemicals, including aluminum, barium, strontium, and caesium.
  • The speaker expresses frustration over the lack of acknowledgment and understanding of chemtrails among the general population, referred to as "normies".
  • Personal anecdotes and experiences are woven into the narrative, providing context to the speaker’s observations and concerns.
  • The speaker speculates on the potential purposes of chemtrails, suggesting they may be part of a depopulation agenda.
  • Observations include a noted reduction in sperm counts and testosterone levels in males across various species in the Northern Hemisphere.
  • The narrative highlights the challenges of communicating concerns about chemtrails to others who may not see or believe in them.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Happy Trails - 10-04-2023: 🌬️ DECADES OF SILENT SKY CHANGES

You. Hello, humans. Hello, humans. October 4. It's about creeping up on 830.

Getting a late start here. Heading inland. Got all my chores. Got to pick up a bunch of stuff today and a couple of other small stops. Now, what's this toad doing?

It's people in there driving. Jeez.

Anyway, it's cold. Ish ish it's actually a 14 degree temperature difference over the other day, we were at 39 degrees on the beach in the morning. When I got up, this was like Sunday morning. And then Monday morning we had chemtrails, and it was 54, that kind of thing. Right.

So the chemtrails really hold the heat local to the planet and actually chemtrails are emblematic of what we've been dealing with. So it's seriously foggy here. I'm going to have to pay attention to my driving. I got to go a little slow. But I know there were chemtrails last night.

We saw them all day yesterday and they've been very extensive. So something is, like, prompting them to be more visible doing more of them than in the past. In the recent past. Okay, so let me see.

Probably it was May all right. It was May of 1991 or 92 in Olympia. I had been bicycling and this was a few years before the saw went through my leg and ended that. I can ride a bicycle, but it just doesn't quite work so much with one leg is half an inch shorter than the other because of the saw action. Right.

So it screwed things up. Anyway, so I pretty much stopped riding my bike. But in the 90s, it was a good way to unwind and get some exercise and get out and that sort of thing. I was doing subcontracting for state government and for other places, working very hard and was gnawing on this idea that would ultimately become my web bot program. I was thinking about it.

There was all kinds of issues and not the coding hadn't started that, but I mean, just the concept, right? Anyway, so I'm out riding my bike on one of these bike trails over near Evergreen State College which was a great place to ride. Then in the 90s, it was before it had been polluted by all the woconians in 2012 onward, which was an interesting thing. In 2015, I'll get back to the bike ride in a minute, but 2015 I'm over walking the dogs on one of the sidewalks at Evergreen. Maybe it's 2016.

One of the two. Anyway, I was confronted by this very large black woman. Maybe she was 300 and 5400 pounds. Like large. And this short guy who was sort of sort of Mexican, maybe.

Anyway and he was short and thin and they were serious volconians. They had baseball bats and they threatened to beat my dogs to death if I didn't get them off the sidewalk. This was not a place for white supremacists to do something. They had all this jargon and it was like I couldn't wrap my mind around it. I'd been thinking about coding on this particular problem.

I'm just walking along, trying to get the code to resolve in my head. And I'm confronted by these two. And it's like, okay. And it was early enough in the year probably also about April or May or something. It was a little cold.

It had been raining. I had a coat on. I stuck my hand in my coat pocket and I said, if you guys don't get out of here, I'm going to put a 38 slug in both of your heads. My dogs are going crazy. By that time they saw the baseball bats, they were starting to flip out anyway.

And so these guys assumed I had a weapon and left. They didn't push it because I told them, like, all good white supremacists, I carry a Smith and Wesson 38 revolver, and I've got six shots in here. That's three for each of you. I will shoot one in your head and then take out your other two of your eyes. You always want to leave them thinking about body parts that are going to be destroyed, right?

So it focuses the threats. You don't say, I'm going to fuck you up. You say, I'm going to cut your tongue out and shove it up your ass, right? So you have specific body parts to think about. It changes the nature of threats.

Anyway, so it's just weird. That was probably about the same time that the Weinsteins, Bretton and Bret Weinstein Heather Hang were being harassed by these fuckers on campus about that same time period.

They should have seen it coming, in my opinion. They were really stupid to have walked into that situation because they were there as it was developing. They should have seen it coming their way. But then again, they're normies, and they just don't see a lot of this stuff. And so that brings us back to chemtrails and the fact that the normies don't see them.

I actually talked to a guy when I was in town here, like three weeks back, and I was standing outside chatting with some fellows, a couple of very nice Mexican guys I know, talking to this guy Lupe and pointing out the chemtrails as to why he had sniffly, snout, all of this kind of stuff, right? He was saying, he's Mexican. Cayenne pepper shouldn't do this. And I laughed. I said, cayenne pepper makes everybody's snout run no matter how much you eat it.

But hey, the reason that your snout's acting up at the moment is we're standing out here getting inundated with aluminum and all these other particles coming out of these chemtrails. And we're looking up, pointing at the chemtrails anyway. And his boss comes out, and we're standing around talking. His boss is an old white guy like myself. He's like, not quite as old as I am.

Maybe he's 65 or something. And he said, oh, no, I pointed out the chemtrails and how nasty it was and stuff. And he says, I don't see those. He says, I don't see those. So he was like a normie.

So his mind could not accept what we were actually all looking at, right? If you're a working class guy and you've had a hard life, you do not accept the same paradigm that someone that's had an easy life, right? And so you see the fuckers out there trying to kill you or do other shit like with the chemtrails. So let's look at the chemtrails in relation to the EAS or EBS test today, right? So they're not telling us what they're doing.

They're just announcing that they're going to have a test and they're giving you some quasi technical shit to get the normies off their back. And then that's it. They're not saying why they're doing it, why it takes 2 hours, why it's unusual, why it's different than any of the others, et cetera, et cetera. And so we get the same kind of nonverbal acknowledgment about chemtrails. We got all this shit about weather, and it's like, well, guys, if there's global heating, if there's global warming, it's because of the fucking chemtrails.

And then they say, what chemtrails? What the fuck are you talking about? No, those are contrails. Those are only and I say, well, wait a second. According to official literature, we have not used water injected engines in commercial airplanes since the early 1990s.

They phased those out in, I want to say 1995, okay? And so there's no reason to have contrails even because only the military and some special planes are using water injected engines at altitude.

I'm not going to go into the technical aspects of why they do that, okay?

So there's no commercial planes that are running those kind of engines these days. So it's physically impossible for those to be contrails because that requires a water injected turbine. They actually put water into the turbine to get the gases out of the water, basically to boost the effect of the jet airplane and cut down on the amount of fuel needed.

I mean, the jet engine, the engine part itself anyway. So here we have chemtrails. They're out there. Anybody with eyes and a happenstance to go outside during the day when they're doing them. They don't do them every day.

They don't do them every day in every spot, every place. They do them. They don't do them every day. They might do them on a schedule. Some days are exceptionally heavy where you just can't miss it if you're willing to look up and see them.

If you're unwilling to see, you'll never see them. So anyway, so we've got chemtrails. So this is a giant fucking conspiracy. Unacknowledged. They're just now, in like the last 20 years, have started acknowledging that chemtrails as a conspiracy exists, but that's as far as they go.

And then they drop it immediately, okay? Because this is one of those conspiracies where you can go on out and prove it to yourself just by looking up in the sky and watching them. But the thing was getting back to the 1990s I'm out riding on my bike and I'd seen what I thought were contrails and at that time they were really starting to push the whole global warming, climate change coming up with all of this. It's a long, slow process. It's been tedious for us guys.

It has never been factual. They were pushing the overpopulation thing, all of this shit, right? And I'm out riding on my bike and it's first part of May, maybe even like May 1, something like that, right? And it was decent weather and stuff. And I look up, there's sunshine and here's a cloud floating over my head not that far up, a couple of hundred feet and it had a rainbow in it, but not a usual rainbow.

It didn't have the rainbow as an arc coming down. It had this flat rainbow that was basically reacting with whatever the chemicals in the chemtrails were and the sunlight to produce the rainbow as this horizontal looked very solid, very thick, very viscous kind of a rainbow. And so it was a little strange. I didn't have a camera. I never took my phone out at that time.

It was a big clunky thing anyway, so I couldn't take a picture of it. And I tried to tell people about it and I didn't know what the cause was or whatever, but that was like my first official sighting that I could acknowledge to myself of a clearly atypical thing in the sky that was not a cloud. And I didn't know they were man made at that time. Right. I thought this was some kind of happenstance of pollution local to me or some weird shit.

Didn't know what the fuck caused it, but it was somewhat concerning. And then over the years we get the chemtrails finally. When I see what they're doing, I just can't believe it. I start railing against it but there's no use because of the mind control on the normies. None of the normies are seeing this.

And if you're unwilling to see it, you're unwilling to see it and there's no good me talking to you about it at all. So anyway, so it's a weird kind of a thing, very frustrating mentally for all of us guys that saw the chemtrails and wanted them to stop. Now here we are, decades into the chemtrails. So I actually have done history examination in history and I can find instances in films, both military kind of training films and stuff, as well as commercial product films in various different grades, documentaries, movies and this kind of stuff. And I can see chemtrails being put into the sky as far back as 1969.

And I've gotten into some of the literature and some of the patents that are involved and this sort of thing and traced them back. And I can see that sometime in the 60s they decided for whatever reason to do these things. That's not really usually listed in any of the technical descriptions I've gotten at, right? It's all the practical stuff of this, as a matter of fact. Not why we're doing this kind of a thing, not a policy statement as to what it is all about.

Anyway, so I found that they go back to 1969. They're heavily, heavily loaded with aluminum, barium, strontium, caesium, all of these different kinds of things in them, right? And going back to 69 then, in the history of it all, I have yet to find a reasonable explanation for any of the why of it. So that's really interesting itself. I've seen some faints that is some oh, well, we're doing it for this kind of reason, right?

That just doesn't make all of the sense. So I'm very curious as to what's going on in actuality with the why of it all. Okay? But in 69 they were doing them up here in the Pacific Northwest. And I used to work for fisheries in the 80s.

We would see these in the late eighty s and early ninety s. I was working for fisheries off and on intermittently, doing subcontracts, this kind of thing. So not like an employee or anything, right? Anyway, so they would take me sometimes I'd get the guys, I'd get my work done early or whatever as subcontractor. And these guys were quite happy to have me have a day out with the crews, with all the fisheries crews, because this way I could write the software better for them, actually having understood what they were doing.

So I'd go be manual labor. I'd work in laying rip wrap to rebuild streamsides, cleaning out streams, cleaning out gulberts, all these kind of things. So we'd go up into the hills and I'd work with these crews, day here, day there. It was good for me to get out of the office, kind of a deal anyway. And so I started seeing the chemtrails up in the Cascades and over the Olympics.

And from the Cascades I could actually see the buggers laying them out over in the Olympics and not understanding what I was looking at, right? So in that sense I was still a normie. This was back in the late 80s, maybe 88, 89, something like that, and we were up in the Cascades, but I had a view across all of Puget Sound from where we were at on this particular hill. And I was sitting there eating lunch and I watched these planes lay down a grid of chemtrails over the Olympics and could not fathom what I was looking at. I knew they were airplanes, I knew that they were going back and forth, but I had no fucking idea.

And see, at that point I was still assuming the contrail the chemtrails were natural contrails because I hadn't investigated the nature of the engines at that point and didn't understand that they were even at that stage, phasing out all of the water injected engines for all kinds of different reasons anyway, so they existed then. And then after I saw my first one in the 90s, maybe it was two years later, maybe that was 90 or 91, and then later it was like no, it would have been 94. Okay? So it was after I started programming on the Altar Report software. I took a kayak, I had made a trimaran kayak out onto the it was a trimaran kayak sailboat.

And I took it off over Nisquali Reach, went off a Lure beach over there at the research station, at the fisheries research station there, and took it off the beach and was out in the water for a tidal cycle, right? For half a tidal cycle. And so, because of the nature of the beach, I didn't want to drag my boat up all of this rock. So I just paddled around for a few hours until the tide came up to where it was relatively easy to get the boat off the water and back into the truck. I was heavy into building boats at that point anyway, so I'm out there and I had nothing to do for like 6 hours paddle around this very wide, flat area.

I enjoyed the water and stuff, but I'd seen it all before, so it wasn't like I was exploring new territory. And so I kept my focus up and I saw these five planes laying out three separate grids and they would do them over Puget Sound. The winds were decent, okay? Even down on the sound I was dealing with two and three mile an hour winds. So I could feel it if I was paddling against it, right?

And also if I was paddling with it, it was aiding me. Anyway, so I watched them do this grid back and forth. There's all the lines, and they put the cross lines, and then they put diagonals, and by that time it blows inland. And then it can't be more than 15 minutes after the thing had blown in and I see the planes are back and they did it all over again. And then they did it again later on.

So in the course of 6 hours, I saw three of these big rafts, I call them Chemtrail rafts that they created that were blowing inland. And then I realized, okay, they want them to blow inland. They want to create them here such that the whole mass of this shit is going to blow east of the mountains. Because it was blowing over the top of the Cascades. It was up that high.

Now still. I have no fucking idea what they're doing with them, right? I have no clue. But at least I knew they were there. And I wasn't operating as a normie in the sense that because everybody has to operate as a normie, you've got to make the assumption that coffee doesn't kill you.

And then every day you drink coffee and you don't have to worry about it, right? If you're super, super paranoid, then every day you got to check your coffee to make sure that the coffee hasn't been poisoned and it won't kill you. That sort of thing, right? So anyway, I was operating on the all right, there's some weird shit going on here and then I started trying to talk to people and nobody believes me, so there's no point continuing with that. As a paranoid, you get people looking at you screwy anyway, saying, okay, what's your deal there, Jack?

And so you don't want to add to it. You want to try and blend in as much as you can with the normie population, not cause yourself any problems. So at some point you just give it up. Now, if you're in a theater and there's a fire and you can see it and you can point it out, then you stand up and you shout, Fire. And that would be a normie thing to do, right?

But if you're in a theater and it's got a glass roof and you shout chemtrails, everybody's going to say, get that screwy fucker out of here. Anyway, okay, so as of this point, I have gotten some reasonably solid information about chemtrails. So if we go back to 1969 and we take 1969 as the start of the chemtrail program and it doesn't matter, you could actually choose 65 or you could choose 75 and you're going to get the same results. But it started sometime in that ten year period in that decade. And since then, all males across all species in the northern hemisphere have lost statistically about 50% of their sperm production.

Okay? So is it a depopulation agenda kind of thing? Maybe. So we also note that along with the reduction in the sperm counts, we have much lower testosterone as a mean across all of the males. And so that's why we have so many feminized males now and so many beta males within our population, in my opinion, is because this is an aspect of these continuous decades of chemtrailing, of all the aluminum salts and all of this.

We also noticed that if you want to look at it statistically, since 1969, we've had this bloom coming on of what I call neurone diseases, okay? Diseases that are diseases of the functioning of the fluids in the nerves. So we have Alzheimer's, all the dementia plaques in the brain kind of diseases. We have the muscular dystrophy, we have all of these kind of things. And these are emerging and are statistically significantly increasing since the 60s.

So now, since 1969, the number of reported instances of all of this stuff, like ADHD, what they're saying are vaccine injuries, right? From Auckland. It's true. You got 72 vaccines going into a kid by the time they're a year old or whatever the fuck it is. Of course they're being injured.

Of course their whole system is being fucked over. They're being deliberately poisoned vaccines. In my opinion, a vaccine producer should have their life on the line. So we'll say, okay, got a new vaccine, all right? If four people die, then everybody who worked on this vaccine has to die too.

That kind of thing. I'm a harsh fucker, right?

In my opinion, if you deal in mRNA technology, if you make it, you produce it, you sell it, you inject it, then I think you should be charged with attempted murder. And if convicted, I think you should be executed. There is no recompense for this. There is no coming back from this from my viewpoint if you're on that side of things. In any event, though, so like I say, I'm harsh on all of this.

All right? So we've had all of these disease increases and we've also had the total alteration of males in these areas where there are chemtrails, we find this feminization, we find the rise of a very large population of beta males and reduction in sperm counts and all kinds of other sociological effects that are also in lockstep with those. Now, do we see these in Russia? No, russia doesn't do Chemtrails. They did for a while.

I don't know why, I don't know what the rationale was, but they stopped and we don't see them discussing this. Now, at some point I'm going to have to do a literature research on chemtrails in Russia and see what I can find, but I have yet to get into that. There's a lot of work here and we've got some other major mystery stuff going on. So here we have a mystery that's in your face that is available for everybody with a clear day to see it when they start spraying the chemtrails. So for instance, I've got fog now, so I couldn't tell you if there were chemtrails or not unless I heard a jet.

Then I could say, well, the probability is that there is a chemtrail because I heard the jet.

So this is a giant, giant, big conspiracy. It's right out in your face and it doesn't do any good to bring it up. Nobody discusses it. It's sort of like an ignored conspiracy, right? I mean, you got weird ass conspiracies like turn you into a zombie, lipid nanoparticles coming out from five G that are being discussed, all the Helen gone.

Very unlikely that any of that's going to occur, although I do note that I've got my phone all wrapped up in tinfoil in aluminum foil as a Faraday cage since I'm driving into town and I may need it, right? I mean, if something happens, I break down. I'm going to need the phone, assuming I can get through, assuming there's bandwidth, et cetera. Anyway, so we've got so it's not possible for someone to say, well, you could not have a conspiracy where the item of the conspiracy is sitting out there and everybody could see it if they wanted to go and see it and have this persist for decades and not have the normies wake up. It's like, dude, of course that you can of course the normies won't wake up.

I mean, the normies have been they're quite happy with their dollar bills. And this is a conspiracy that's been going on since 1890, and it was activated and in our face in 1913, and we're still dealing with it, see? So hundreds of years of conspiracies in your face that are unacknowledged and are still being run by the evil motherfucking bastards on the other side that create these things. So now I found some rationales for chemtrails in our literature and in some of the patents, all right? The rationales make perfect scientific sense.

So there's one set of patents that talks about the idea of being able to bounce electricity in these various frequencies, basically radio waves off of aluminum particulates as well as other metals suspended in the air, and then to use those as a remote neutrino detector. Okay? So the theory is that you'd spray all these aluminum particles way up into the air and then you'd energize them because they would be ionic, right? So they'd want to have a charge. They're going to pick up some kind of a charge in the air just falling down.

This falling down part is going to be extremely slow because they don't weigh much and they're actually shaped to slow that even further and to cause more agitation in the air as they fall, such that they will gain more potential charge. And as these charges fall down through the air and they gain further charge, you build up what is in essence a matrix of standing waves.

If you've got an electrical charge sensor, and that electrical charge sensor is focused on these standing waves, it would note that all the standing waves are there vibrating at such and such a millihz level, right, at some number it doesn't matter what the number is. 142. Right? And so then if you had neutrinos being released into that environment, those neutrinos are going to go their neutrinos are very fast moving high energy particles, very high energy, not like an ion, but they are charge disruptive and charge valent particulates, okay? They can alter the valence of a charge.

They can discharge or actively charge things based on their passing of that particular standing wave, of that particular electrical impulse anyway. And so neutrinos would basically leave an electrical hole in your grid that you're connected to. Your grid would be an electrical standing wave matrice, right? It'd be a matrix.

And so you would know, so you could use technically or theoretically, but I mean, I haven't seen it work or anything. I don't know about the devices but these guys say they've got a patent, they've got it demonstrated, the government gave them a patent, and then they restricted access to it, basically not letting people do this stuff. So you understand that it's in their secret weapons kind of thing programs. But in any event, there's patents that say that you can do this, that you can actually use these things in neutrino detectors. And so it would make sense that you could indeed do that.

Now, you could also use chemtrails to obscure something in the sense of obscure vision. And since they're aluminum, it would also obscure vision to some degree in the radio frequency range, which would include radar. Technically you could probably use in a time of war, you could probably cover your skies with chemtrails and prevent people in airplanes from a being able to see the ground effectively or see anything up there that's headed their way. But you could also use it to distort their electronic view of things. Right.

Anyway, so that would be a possibility. That could be done. You could actually use your chemtrails as a detector of neutrinos. Now why would that be important? Well, because theoretically, the UFOs theoretically the UFOs are doing that.

They're releasing neutrinos as they go through the air, as they pop in and out. So you can use it as a UFO detector. Now, do they? I don't know. Probably.

If they're doing the chemtrails anyway, I don't see why they wouldn't. So anyway, though, so there is a giant conspiracy that's out in your face and we all refuse to acknowledge it. We don't ever discuss it. It's been going on, in my opinion, since 1969 at least. But certainly you've been able to see them since the ah, it's the whale that's sitting on top of the elephant that's sitting in the middle of your living room that nobody talks about.

And so there are others, right? And there are others that you don't even know about. And maybe we'll get into some of those later. Okay. All right.

I got to get some stuff done.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Happy Trails – 10-04-2023: 🌬️ Decades of Silent Sky Changes

Happy Trails - 10-04-2023: 🌬️ Decades of Silent Sky Changes

Happy Trails - 10-04-2023: 🌬️ Decades of Silent Sky Changes

Episode Summary:

The PDF document is a narrative discussing chemtrails, personal experiences, and observations. The speaker reflects on environmental changes, focusing on chemtrails, sharing anecdotes from their life. They mention observing chemtrails since the 1960s, expressing concern and curiosity about their purpose and impact. The speaker also talks about experiences with others, work, and daily life, integrating these into their discussion about chemtrails and the environment.

The narrative begins with the speaker describing a day in their life, noting a significant temperature difference from previous days, which they attribute to chemtrails. They believe chemtrails hold heat close to the planet and are emblematic of broader environmental issues. The speaker recalls their experiences from the 1990s, including a cycling incident and interactions with individuals at Evergreen State College. They also mention working on a web bot program during this period.

The speaker shares an anecdote about being threatened by two individuals while walking their dogs and how they responded to the threat. They also discuss their observations and thoughts on chemtrails, suggesting that many people, referred to as "normies," do not notice or acknowledge them. The speaker recounts a conversation with a man about chemtrails and how they affect people's health.

The narrative continues with the speaker detailing their observations of chemtrails since the 1960s. They mention finding evidence of chemtrails in films and literature from that era, but without clear explanations for their purpose. The speaker notes that chemtrails contain various chemicals, including aluminum, barium, strontium, and caesium. They express frustration about the lack of information and acknowledgment regarding chemtrails and their impact on the environment and people's health.

The speaker recalls working for fisheries in the late 1980s and early 1990s, during which they observed chemtrails in the Cascades and Olympics. They mention being confused by the sight of planes laying down grids of chemtrails, not understanding their purpose at the time. The speaker reflects on their journey of acknowledging and trying to understand chemtrails, noting the challenges of communicating their observations and concerns to others who may not see or believe in chemtrails.

The narrative concludes with the speaker pondering the potential reasons behind chemtrails, suggesting they may be part of a depopulation agenda due to observed reductions in sperm counts and testosterone levels in males across various species in the Northern Hemisphere.

#Chemtrails #Environment #Impact #Concern #Observation #Anecdotes #1960s #Temperature #Health #EvergreenState #College #WebBot #Threat #Normies #Aluminum #Barium #Strontium #Caesium #Fisheries #Cascades #Olympics #Planes #Grids #Depopulation #SpermCount #Testosterone #Males #Species #NorthernHemisphere #Frustration #Communication #Challenge #Journey #Acknowledgment #Understanding

Key Takeaways:
  • The speaker has been observing chemtrails since the 1960s, noting their presence and changes over time.
  • Chemtrails are believed to contain various chemicals, including aluminum, barium, strontium, and caesium.
  • The speaker expresses frustration over the lack of acknowledgment and understanding of chemtrails among the general population, referred to as "normies".
  • Personal anecdotes and experiences are woven into the narrative, providing context to the speaker’s observations and concerns.
  • The speaker speculates on the potential purposes of chemtrails, suggesting they may be part of a depopulation agenda.
  • Observations include a noted reduction in sperm counts and testosterone levels in males across various species in the Northern Hemisphere.
  • The narrative highlights the challenges of communicating concerns about chemtrails to others who may not see or believe in them.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Happy Trails - 10-04-2023: 🌬️ DECADES OF SILENT SKY CHANGES

You. Hello, humans. Hello, humans. October 4. It's about creeping up on 830.

Getting a late start here. Heading inland. Got all my chores. Got to pick up a bunch of stuff today and a couple of other small stops. Now, what's this toad doing?

It's people in there driving. Jeez.

Anyway, it's cold. Ish ish it's actually a 14 degree temperature difference over the other day, we were at 39 degrees on the beach in the morning. When I got up, this was like Sunday morning. And then Monday morning we had chemtrails, and it was 54, that kind of thing. Right.

So the chemtrails really hold the heat local to the planet and actually chemtrails are emblematic of what we've been dealing with. So it's seriously foggy here. I'm going to have to pay attention to my driving. I got to go a little slow. But I know there were chemtrails last night.

We saw them all day yesterday and they've been very extensive. So something is, like, prompting them to be more visible doing more of them than in the past. In the recent past. Okay, so let me see.

Probably it was May all right. It was May of 1991 or 92 in Olympia. I had been bicycling and this was a few years before the saw went through my leg and ended that. I can ride a bicycle, but it just doesn't quite work so much with one leg is half an inch shorter than the other because of the saw action. Right.

So it screwed things up. Anyway, so I pretty much stopped riding my bike. But in the 90s, it was a good way to unwind and get some exercise and get out and that sort of thing. I was doing subcontracting for state government and for other places, working very hard and was gnawing on this idea that would ultimately become my web bot program. I was thinking about it.

There was all kinds of issues and not the coding hadn't started that, but I mean, just the concept, right? Anyway, so I'm out riding my bike on one of these bike trails over near Evergreen State College which was a great place to ride. Then in the 90s, it was before it had been polluted by all the woconians in 2012 onward, which was an interesting thing. In 2015, I'll get back to the bike ride in a minute, but 2015 I'm over walking the dogs on one of the sidewalks at Evergreen. Maybe it's 2016.

One of the two. Anyway, I was confronted by this very large black woman. Maybe she was 300 and 5400 pounds. Like large. And this short guy who was sort of sort of Mexican, maybe.

Anyway and he was short and thin and they were serious volconians. They had baseball bats and they threatened to beat my dogs to death if I didn't get them off the sidewalk. This was not a place for white supremacists to do something. They had all this jargon and it was like I couldn't wrap my mind around it. I'd been thinking about coding on this particular problem.

I'm just walking along, trying to get the code to resolve in my head. And I'm confronted by these two. And it's like, okay. And it was early enough in the year probably also about April or May or something. It was a little cold.

It had been raining. I had a coat on. I stuck my hand in my coat pocket and I said, if you guys don't get out of here, I'm going to put a 38 slug in both of your heads. My dogs are going crazy. By that time they saw the baseball bats, they were starting to flip out anyway.

And so these guys assumed I had a weapon and left. They didn't push it because I told them, like, all good white supremacists, I carry a Smith and Wesson 38 revolver, and I've got six shots in here. That's three for each of you. I will shoot one in your head and then take out your other two of your eyes. You always want to leave them thinking about body parts that are going to be destroyed, right?

So it focuses the threats. You don't say, I'm going to fuck you up. You say, I'm going to cut your tongue out and shove it up your ass, right? So you have specific body parts to think about. It changes the nature of threats.

Anyway, so it's just weird. That was probably about the same time that the Weinsteins, Bretton and Bret Weinstein Heather Hang were being harassed by these fuckers on campus about that same time period.

They should have seen it coming, in my opinion. They were really stupid to have walked into that situation because they were there as it was developing. They should have seen it coming their way. But then again, they're normies, and they just don't see a lot of this stuff. And so that brings us back to chemtrails and the fact that the normies don't see them.

I actually talked to a guy when I was in town here, like three weeks back, and I was standing outside chatting with some fellows, a couple of very nice Mexican guys I know, talking to this guy Lupe and pointing out the chemtrails as to why he had sniffly, snout, all of this kind of stuff, right? He was saying, he's Mexican. Cayenne pepper shouldn't do this. And I laughed. I said, cayenne pepper makes everybody's snout run no matter how much you eat it.

But hey, the reason that your snout's acting up at the moment is we're standing out here getting inundated with aluminum and all these other particles coming out of these chemtrails. And we're looking up, pointing at the chemtrails anyway. And his boss comes out, and we're standing around talking. His boss is an old white guy like myself. He's like, not quite as old as I am.

Maybe he's 65 or something. And he said, oh, no, I pointed out the chemtrails and how nasty it was and stuff. And he says, I don't see those. He says, I don't see those. So he was like a normie.

So his mind could not accept what we were actually all looking at, right? If you're a working class guy and you've had a hard life, you do not accept the same paradigm that someone that's had an easy life, right? And so you see the fuckers out there trying to kill you or do other shit like with the chemtrails. So let's look at the chemtrails in relation to the EAS or EBS test today, right? So they're not telling us what they're doing.

They're just announcing that they're going to have a test and they're giving you some quasi technical shit to get the normies off their back. And then that's it. They're not saying why they're doing it, why it takes 2 hours, why it's unusual, why it's different than any of the others, et cetera, et cetera. And so we get the same kind of nonverbal acknowledgment about chemtrails. We got all this shit about weather, and it's like, well, guys, if there's global heating, if there's global warming, it's because of the fucking chemtrails.

And then they say, what chemtrails? What the fuck are you talking about? No, those are contrails. Those are only and I say, well, wait a second. According to official literature, we have not used water injected engines in commercial airplanes since the early 1990s.

They phased those out in, I want to say 1995, okay? And so there's no reason to have contrails even because only the military and some special planes are using water injected engines at altitude.

I'm not going to go into the technical aspects of why they do that, okay?

So there's no commercial planes that are running those kind of engines these days. So it's physically impossible for those to be contrails because that requires a water injected turbine. They actually put water into the turbine to get the gases out of the water, basically to boost the effect of the jet airplane and cut down on the amount of fuel needed.

I mean, the jet engine, the engine part itself anyway. So here we have chemtrails. They're out there. Anybody with eyes and a happenstance to go outside during the day when they're doing them. They don't do them every day.

They don't do them every day in every spot, every place. They do them. They don't do them every day. They might do them on a schedule. Some days are exceptionally heavy where you just can't miss it if you're willing to look up and see them.

If you're unwilling to see, you'll never see them. So anyway, so we've got chemtrails. So this is a giant fucking conspiracy. Unacknowledged. They're just now, in like the last 20 years, have started acknowledging that chemtrails as a conspiracy exists, but that's as far as they go.

And then they drop it immediately, okay? Because this is one of those conspiracies where you can go on out and prove it to yourself just by looking up in the sky and watching them. But the thing was getting back to the 1990s I'm out riding on my bike and I'd seen what I thought were contrails and at that time they were really starting to push the whole global warming, climate change coming up with all of this. It's a long, slow process. It's been tedious for us guys.

It has never been factual. They were pushing the overpopulation thing, all of this shit, right? And I'm out riding on my bike and it's first part of May, maybe even like May 1, something like that, right? And it was decent weather and stuff. And I look up, there's sunshine and here's a cloud floating over my head not that far up, a couple of hundred feet and it had a rainbow in it, but not a usual rainbow.

It didn't have the rainbow as an arc coming down. It had this flat rainbow that was basically reacting with whatever the chemicals in the chemtrails were and the sunlight to produce the rainbow as this horizontal looked very solid, very thick, very viscous kind of a rainbow. And so it was a little strange. I didn't have a camera. I never took my phone out at that time.

It was a big clunky thing anyway, so I couldn't take a picture of it. And I tried to tell people about it and I didn't know what the cause was or whatever, but that was like my first official sighting that I could acknowledge to myself of a clearly atypical thing in the sky that was not a cloud. And I didn't know they were man made at that time. Right. I thought this was some kind of happenstance of pollution local to me or some weird shit.

Didn't know what the fuck caused it, but it was somewhat concerning. And then over the years we get the chemtrails finally. When I see what they're doing, I just can't believe it. I start railing against it but there's no use because of the mind control on the normies. None of the normies are seeing this.

And if you're unwilling to see it, you're unwilling to see it and there's no good me talking to you about it at all. So anyway, so it's a weird kind of a thing, very frustrating mentally for all of us guys that saw the chemtrails and wanted them to stop. Now here we are, decades into the chemtrails. So I actually have done history examination in history and I can find instances in films, both military kind of training films and stuff, as well as commercial product films in various different grades, documentaries, movies and this kind of stuff. And I can see chemtrails being put into the sky as far back as 1969.

And I've gotten into some of the literature and some of the patents that are involved and this sort of thing and traced them back. And I can see that sometime in the 60s they decided for whatever reason to do these things. That's not really usually listed in any of the technical descriptions I've gotten at, right? It's all the practical stuff of this, as a matter of fact. Not why we're doing this kind of a thing, not a policy statement as to what it is all about.

Anyway, so I found that they go back to 1969. They're heavily, heavily loaded with aluminum, barium, strontium, caesium, all of these different kinds of things in them, right? And going back to 69 then, in the history of it all, I have yet to find a reasonable explanation for any of the why of it. So that's really interesting itself. I've seen some faints that is some oh, well, we're doing it for this kind of reason, right?

That just doesn't make all of the sense. So I'm very curious as to what's going on in actuality with the why of it all. Okay? But in 69 they were doing them up here in the Pacific Northwest. And I used to work for fisheries in the 80s.

We would see these in the late eighty s and early ninety s. I was working for fisheries off and on intermittently, doing subcontracts, this kind of thing. So not like an employee or anything, right? Anyway, so they would take me sometimes I'd get the guys, I'd get my work done early or whatever as subcontractor. And these guys were quite happy to have me have a day out with the crews, with all the fisheries crews, because this way I could write the software better for them, actually having understood what they were doing.

So I'd go be manual labor. I'd work in laying rip wrap to rebuild streamsides, cleaning out streams, cleaning out gulberts, all these kind of things. So we'd go up into the hills and I'd work with these crews, day here, day there. It was good for me to get out of the office, kind of a deal anyway. And so I started seeing the chemtrails up in the Cascades and over the Olympics.

And from the Cascades I could actually see the buggers laying them out over in the Olympics and not understanding what I was looking at, right? So in that sense I was still a normie. This was back in the late 80s, maybe 88, 89, something like that, and we were up in the Cascades, but I had a view across all of Puget Sound from where we were at on this particular hill. And I was sitting there eating lunch and I watched these planes lay down a grid of chemtrails over the Olympics and could not fathom what I was looking at. I knew they were airplanes, I knew that they were going back and forth, but I had no fucking idea.

And see, at that point I was still assuming the contrail the chemtrails were natural contrails because I hadn't investigated the nature of the engines at that point and didn't understand that they were even at that stage, phasing out all of the water injected engines for all kinds of different reasons anyway, so they existed then. And then after I saw my first one in the 90s, maybe it was two years later, maybe that was 90 or 91, and then later it was like no, it would have been 94. Okay? So it was after I started programming on the Altar Report software. I took a kayak, I had made a trimaran kayak out onto the it was a trimaran kayak sailboat.

And I took it off over Nisquali Reach, went off a Lure beach over there at the research station, at the fisheries research station there, and took it off the beach and was out in the water for a tidal cycle, right? For half a tidal cycle. And so, because of the nature of the beach, I didn't want to drag my boat up all of this rock. So I just paddled around for a few hours until the tide came up to where it was relatively easy to get the boat off the water and back into the truck. I was heavy into building boats at that point anyway, so I'm out there and I had nothing to do for like 6 hours paddle around this very wide, flat area.

I enjoyed the water and stuff, but I'd seen it all before, so it wasn't like I was exploring new territory. And so I kept my focus up and I saw these five planes laying out three separate grids and they would do them over Puget Sound. The winds were decent, okay? Even down on the sound I was dealing with two and three mile an hour winds. So I could feel it if I was paddling against it, right?

And also if I was paddling with it, it was aiding me. Anyway, so I watched them do this grid back and forth. There's all the lines, and they put the cross lines, and then they put diagonals, and by that time it blows inland. And then it can't be more than 15 minutes after the thing had blown in and I see the planes are back and they did it all over again. And then they did it again later on.

So in the course of 6 hours, I saw three of these big rafts, I call them Chemtrail rafts that they created that were blowing inland. And then I realized, okay, they want them to blow inland. They want to create them here such that the whole mass of this shit is going to blow east of the mountains. Because it was blowing over the top of the Cascades. It was up that high.

Now still. I have no fucking idea what they're doing with them, right? I have no clue. But at least I knew they were there. And I wasn't operating as a normie in the sense that because everybody has to operate as a normie, you've got to make the assumption that coffee doesn't kill you.

And then every day you drink coffee and you don't have to worry about it, right? If you're super, super paranoid, then every day you got to check your coffee to make sure that the coffee hasn't been poisoned and it won't kill you. That sort of thing, right? So anyway, I was operating on the all right, there's some weird shit going on here and then I started trying to talk to people and nobody believes me, so there's no point continuing with that. As a paranoid, you get people looking at you screwy anyway, saying, okay, what's your deal there, Jack?

And so you don't want to add to it. You want to try and blend in as much as you can with the normie population, not cause yourself any problems. So at some point you just give it up. Now, if you're in a theater and there's a fire and you can see it and you can point it out, then you stand up and you shout, Fire. And that would be a normie thing to do, right?

But if you're in a theater and it's got a glass roof and you shout chemtrails, everybody's going to say, get that screwy fucker out of here. Anyway, okay, so as of this point, I have gotten some reasonably solid information about chemtrails. So if we go back to 1969 and we take 1969 as the start of the chemtrail program and it doesn't matter, you could actually choose 65 or you could choose 75 and you're going to get the same results. But it started sometime in that ten year period in that decade. And since then, all males across all species in the northern hemisphere have lost statistically about 50% of their sperm production.

Okay? So is it a depopulation agenda kind of thing? Maybe. So we also note that along with the reduction in the sperm counts, we have much lower testosterone as a mean across all of the males. And so that's why we have so many feminized males now and so many beta males within our population, in my opinion, is because this is an aspect of these continuous decades of chemtrailing, of all the aluminum salts and all of this.

We also noticed that if you want to look at it statistically, since 1969, we've had this bloom coming on of what I call neurone diseases, okay? Diseases that are diseases of the functioning of the fluids in the nerves. So we have Alzheimer's, all the dementia plaques in the brain kind of diseases. We have the muscular dystrophy, we have all of these kind of things. And these are emerging and are statistically significantly increasing since the 60s.

So now, since 1969, the number of reported instances of all of this stuff, like ADHD, what they're saying are vaccine injuries, right? From Auckland. It's true. You got 72 vaccines going into a kid by the time they're a year old or whatever the fuck it is. Of course they're being injured.

Of course their whole system is being fucked over. They're being deliberately poisoned vaccines. In my opinion, a vaccine producer should have their life on the line. So we'll say, okay, got a new vaccine, all right? If four people die, then everybody who worked on this vaccine has to die too.

That kind of thing. I'm a harsh fucker, right?

In my opinion, if you deal in mRNA technology, if you make it, you produce it, you sell it, you inject it, then I think you should be charged with attempted murder. And if convicted, I think you should be executed. There is no recompense for this. There is no coming back from this from my viewpoint if you're on that side of things. In any event, though, so like I say, I'm harsh on all of this.

All right? So we've had all of these disease increases and we've also had the total alteration of males in these areas where there are chemtrails, we find this feminization, we find the rise of a very large population of beta males and reduction in sperm counts and all kinds of other sociological effects that are also in lockstep with those. Now, do we see these in Russia? No, russia doesn't do Chemtrails. They did for a while.

I don't know why, I don't know what the rationale was, but they stopped and we don't see them discussing this. Now, at some point I'm going to have to do a literature research on chemtrails in Russia and see what I can find, but I have yet to get into that. There's a lot of work here and we've got some other major mystery stuff going on. So here we have a mystery that's in your face that is available for everybody with a clear day to see it when they start spraying the chemtrails. So for instance, I've got fog now, so I couldn't tell you if there were chemtrails or not unless I heard a jet.

Then I could say, well, the probability is that there is a chemtrail because I heard the jet.

So this is a giant, giant, big conspiracy. It's right out in your face and it doesn't do any good to bring it up. Nobody discusses it. It's sort of like an ignored conspiracy, right? I mean, you got weird ass conspiracies like turn you into a zombie, lipid nanoparticles coming out from five G that are being discussed, all the Helen gone.

Very unlikely that any of that's going to occur, although I do note that I've got my phone all wrapped up in tinfoil in aluminum foil as a Faraday cage since I'm driving into town and I may need it, right? I mean, if something happens, I break down. I'm going to need the phone, assuming I can get through, assuming there's bandwidth, et cetera. Anyway, so we've got so it's not possible for someone to say, well, you could not have a conspiracy where the item of the conspiracy is sitting out there and everybody could see it if they wanted to go and see it and have this persist for decades and not have the normies wake up. It's like, dude, of course that you can of course the normies won't wake up.

I mean, the normies have been they're quite happy with their dollar bills. And this is a conspiracy that's been going on since 1890, and it was activated and in our face in 1913, and we're still dealing with it, see? So hundreds of years of conspiracies in your face that are unacknowledged and are still being run by the evil motherfucking bastards on the other side that create these things. So now I found some rationales for chemtrails in our literature and in some of the patents, all right? The rationales make perfect scientific sense.

So there's one set of patents that talks about the idea of being able to bounce electricity in these various frequencies, basically radio waves off of aluminum particulates as well as other metals suspended in the air, and then to use those as a remote neutrino detector. Okay? So the theory is that you'd spray all these aluminum particles way up into the air and then you'd energize them because they would be ionic, right? So they'd want to have a charge. They're going to pick up some kind of a charge in the air just falling down.

This falling down part is going to be extremely slow because they don't weigh much and they're actually shaped to slow that even further and to cause more agitation in the air as they fall, such that they will gain more potential charge. And as these charges fall down through the air and they gain further charge, you build up what is in essence a matrix of standing waves.

If you've got an electrical charge sensor, and that electrical charge sensor is focused on these standing waves, it would note that all the standing waves are there vibrating at such and such a millihz level, right, at some number it doesn't matter what the number is. 142. Right? And so then if you had neutrinos being released into that environment, those neutrinos are going to go their neutrinos are very fast moving high energy particles, very high energy, not like an ion, but they are charge disruptive and charge valent particulates, okay? They can alter the valence of a charge.

They can discharge or actively charge things based on their passing of that particular standing wave, of that particular electrical impulse anyway. And so neutrinos would basically leave an electrical hole in your grid that you're connected to. Your grid would be an electrical standing wave matrice, right? It'd be a matrix.

And so you would know, so you could use technically or theoretically, but I mean, I haven't seen it work or anything. I don't know about the devices but these guys say they've got a patent, they've got it demonstrated, the government gave them a patent, and then they restricted access to it, basically not letting people do this stuff. So you understand that it's in their secret weapons kind of thing programs. But in any event, there's patents that say that you can do this, that you can actually use these things in neutrino detectors. And so it would make sense that you could indeed do that.

Now, you could also use chemtrails to obscure something in the sense of obscure vision. And since they're aluminum, it would also obscure vision to some degree in the radio frequency range, which would include radar. Technically you could probably use in a time of war, you could probably cover your skies with chemtrails and prevent people in airplanes from a being able to see the ground effectively or see anything up there that's headed their way. But you could also use it to distort their electronic view of things. Right.

Anyway, so that would be a possibility. That could be done. You could actually use your chemtrails as a detector of neutrinos. Now why would that be important? Well, because theoretically, the UFOs theoretically the UFOs are doing that.

They're releasing neutrinos as they go through the air, as they pop in and out. So you can use it as a UFO detector. Now, do they? I don't know. Probably.

If they're doing the chemtrails anyway, I don't see why they wouldn't. So anyway, though, so there is a giant conspiracy that's out in your face and we all refuse to acknowledge it. We don't ever discuss it. It's been going on, in my opinion, since 1969 at least. But certainly you've been able to see them since the ah, it's the whale that's sitting on top of the elephant that's sitting in the middle of your living room that nobody talks about.

And so there are others, right? And there are others that you don't even know about. And maybe we'll get into some of those later. Okay. All right.

I got to get some stuff done.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.